daily update
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "probe.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "stack.h"
68 #include "skip.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
70 #include "ax-gdb.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72
73 #include "format.h"
74
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
78
79 /* readline defines this. */
80 #undef savestring
81
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
84
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
87 {
88 EX_EVENT_THROW,
89 EX_EVENT_CATCH
90 };
91
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
93
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
95
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
97
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
99
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
101
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
103
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
105 void *),
106 void *);
107
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
109
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
111
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
113
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result *,
116 enum bptype, char *,
117 char **);
118
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
120 struct linespec_result *,
121 struct linespec_sals *,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype,
123 enum bpdisp, int, int,
124 int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
127
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
130
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
132
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
134
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
136
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
138
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
140
141 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
142 enum bptype,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
144 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
145 const struct symtab_and_line *);
146
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
148 static. */
149 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 struct symtab_and_line,
151 enum bptype,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
153
154 static struct breakpoint *
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
156 enum bptype type,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
158
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
160
161 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
162 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
163 enum bptype bptype);
164
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
166 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
167 struct obj_section *, int);
168
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
170 CORE_ADDR addr1,
171 struct address_space *aspace2,
172 CORE_ADDR addr2);
173
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
175 struct bp_location *loc2);
176
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
178 struct address_space *aspace,
179 CORE_ADDR addr);
180
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
182
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
184
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
187
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
189
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
191
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
193
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
195
196 typedef enum
197 {
198 mark_inserted,
199 mark_uninserted
200 }
201 insertion_state_t;
202
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
205
206 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
207
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
209
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
211
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
213
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
215
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
217 enum bptype type,
218 int *other_type_used);
219
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
221
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
223
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
225 int count);
226
227 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
228
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
230
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
232
233 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
234
235 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
236 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
237
238 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
239
240 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
241
242 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
243 CORE_ADDR pc);
244
245 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
246 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
247 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
248
249 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
250
251 static void update_global_location_list (int);
252
253 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
254
255 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
256
257 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
258
259 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
260
261 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
262
263 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
264
265 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
266
267 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
268
269 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
270
271 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
272
273 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
274
275 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
276
277 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
278 otherwise. */
279
280 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
281
282 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
283 from. */
284 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
285
286 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
287 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
288 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
289 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
290
291 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
292 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
293
294 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
295 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
296
297 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
298 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
299
300 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
301 breakpoints. */
302 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
303
304 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
305 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
306
307 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
308 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
309
310 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
311 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
312 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
313 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
314 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
315 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
316
317 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
318 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
319 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
320 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
321 dprintf_style_gdb,
322 dprintf_style_call,
323 dprintf_style_agent,
324 NULL
325 };
326 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
327
328 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
329 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
330 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
331 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
332
333 static char *dprintf_function = "";
334
335 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
336 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
337 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
338 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
339 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
340 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
341 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
342
343 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
344
345 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
346 has disconnected. */
347 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
348
349 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
350 breakpoints share a single command list. */
351 struct counted_command_line
352 {
353 /* The reference count. */
354 int refc;
355
356 /* The command list. */
357 struct command_line *commands;
358 };
359
360 struct command_line *
361 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
362 {
363 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
364 }
365
366 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
367 current breakpoint. */
368
369 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
370
371 const char *
372 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
373 {
374 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
375 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
376 a breakpoint. */
377 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
378
379 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
380 }
381
382 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
383 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
384 if such is available. */
385 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
386
387 static void
388 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
389 struct cmd_list_element *c,
390 const char *value)
391 {
392 fprintf_filtered (file,
393 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
394 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
395 value);
396 }
397
398 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
399 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
400 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
401 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
402 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
403 static void
404 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
405 struct cmd_list_element *c,
406 const char *value)
407 {
408 fprintf_filtered (file,
409 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
410 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
411 value);
412 }
413
414 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
415 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
416 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
417 use hardware breakpoints. */
418 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
419 static void
420 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
421 struct cmd_list_element *c,
422 const char *value)
423 {
424 fprintf_filtered (file,
425 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
426 value);
427 }
428
429 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
430 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
431 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
432 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
433 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
434
435 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
436
437 static void
438 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
439 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
440 {
441 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
442 fprintf_filtered (file,
443 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
444 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
445 value,
446 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
447 else
448 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
449 value);
450 }
451
452 int
453 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
454 {
455 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
456 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
457 }
458
459 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
460
461 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
462 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
463 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
464 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
465 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
466 condition_evaluation_auto,
467 condition_evaluation_host,
468 condition_evaluation_target,
469 NULL
470 };
471
472 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
474
475 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
476 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
477 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
478
479 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
480 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
481 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
482 evaluation mode. */
483
484 static const char *
485 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
486 {
487 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
488 {
489 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
490 return condition_evaluation_target;
491 else
492 return condition_evaluation_host;
493 }
494 else
495 return mode;
496 }
497
498 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
499
500 static const char *
501 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
502 {
503 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
504 }
505
506 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
507 otherwise. */
508
509 static int
510 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
511 {
512 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
513
514 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
515 }
516
517 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
518
519 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
520 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
521
522 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
523 static int overlay_events_enabled;
524
525 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
526 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
527
528 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
529 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
530 current breakpoint. */
531
532 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
533
534 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
535 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
536 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
537 B = TMP)
538
539 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
540 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
541 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
542
543 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
544 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
545 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
546 BP_TMP++)
547
548 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
549 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
550 to where the loop should start from.
551 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
552 appropriate location to start with. */
553
554 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
555 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
556 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
557 BP_LOCP_START \
558 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
559 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
560 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
561
562 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
563
564 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
565 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
566 if (is_tracepoint (B))
567
568 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
569
570 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
571
572 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
573
574 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
575
576 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
577
578 static unsigned bp_location_count;
579
580 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
581 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
582 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
583 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
584 an address you need to read. */
585
586 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
587
588 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
589 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
590 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
591 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
592 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
593
594 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
595
596 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
597 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
598 by a target. */
599 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
600
601 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
602
603 static int breakpoint_count;
604
605 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
606 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
607 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
608 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
609 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
610
611 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
612
613 static int tracepoint_count;
614
615 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
616 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
617 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
618
619 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
620 static int
621 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
622 {
623 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
624 }
625
626 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
627
628 static void
629 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
630 {
631 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
632 breakpoint_count = num;
633 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
634 }
635
636 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
637 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
638 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
639
640 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
641 breakpoint made. */
642
643 void
644 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
645 {
646 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
647 }
648
649 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
650 breakpoint made. */
651
652 void
653 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
654 {
655 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
656 }
657
658 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
659
660 void
661 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
662 {
663 struct breakpoint *b;
664
665 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
666 b->hit_count = 0;
667 }
668
669 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
670 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
671
672 static struct counted_command_line *
673 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
674 {
675 struct counted_command_line *result
676 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
677
678 result->refc = 1;
679 result->commands = commands;
680 return result;
681 }
682
683 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
684
685 static void
686 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
687 {
688 if (cmd)
689 ++cmd->refc;
690 }
691
692 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
693 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
694 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
695
696 static void
697 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
698 {
699 if (*cmdp)
700 {
701 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
702 {
703 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
704 xfree (*cmdp);
705 }
706 *cmdp = NULL;
707 }
708 }
709
710 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
711
712 static void
713 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
714 {
715 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
716 }
717
718 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
719 argument. */
720
721 static struct cleanup *
722 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
723 {
724 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
725 }
726
727 \f
728 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
729 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
730
731 struct breakpoint *
732 get_breakpoint (int num)
733 {
734 struct breakpoint *b;
735
736 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
737 if (b->number == num)
738 return b;
739
740 return NULL;
741 }
742
743 \f
744
745 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
746 evaluating conditions on its side. */
747
748 static void
749 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
750 {
751 struct bp_location *loc;
752
753 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
754 evaluating conditions and if the user has
755 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
756 side. */
757 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
758 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
759 return;
760
761 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
762 return;
763
764 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
765 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
766 }
767
768 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
769 evaluating conditions on its side. */
770
771 static void
772 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
773 {
774 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
775 evaluating conditions and if the user has
776 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
777 side. */
778 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
779 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
780
781 return;
782
783 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
784 return;
785
786 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
787 }
788
789 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
790 condition_evaluation_mode. */
791
792 static void
793 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
794 struct cmd_list_element *c)
795 {
796 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
797
798 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
799 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
800 {
801 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
802 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
803 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
804 return;
805 }
806
807 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
808 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
809
810 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
811 settings was "auto". */
812 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
813
814 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
815 if (new_mode != old_mode)
816 {
817 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
818 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
819 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
820
821 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
822 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
823 */
824
825 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
826 {
827 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
828 target. */
829 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
830 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
831 }
832 else
833 {
834 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
835 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
836 target knows about. */
837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
838 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
839 loc->needs_update = 1;
840 }
841
842 /* Do the update. */
843 update_global_location_list (1);
844 }
845
846 return;
847 }
848
849 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
850 what "auto" is translating to. */
851
852 static void
853 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
854 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
855 {
856 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
857 fprintf_filtered (file,
858 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
859 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
860 value,
861 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
862 else
863 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
864 value);
865 }
866
867 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
868 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
869 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
870
871 static int
872 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
873 {
874 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
875 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
876
877 if (a->address == b->address)
878 return 0;
879 else
880 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
881 }
882
883 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
884 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
885 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
886 return NULL. */
887
888 static struct bp_location **
889 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
890 {
891 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
892 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
893 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
894
895 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
896 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
897 dummy_loc.address = address;
898
899 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
900 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
901 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
902 bp_location_compare_addrs);
903
904 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
905 if (locp_found == NULL)
906 return NULL;
907
908 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
909 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
910 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
911 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
912 locp_found--;
913
914 return locp_found;
915 }
916
917 void
918 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
919 int from_tty)
920 {
921 xfree (b->cond_string);
922 b->cond_string = NULL;
923
924 if (is_watchpoint (b))
925 {
926 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
927
928 xfree (w->cond_exp);
929 w->cond_exp = NULL;
930 }
931 else
932 {
933 struct bp_location *loc;
934
935 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
936 {
937 xfree (loc->cond);
938 loc->cond = NULL;
939
940 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
941 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
942 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
943 }
944 }
945
946 if (*exp == 0)
947 {
948 if (from_tty)
949 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
950 }
951 else
952 {
953 char *arg = exp;
954
955 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
956 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
957 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
958 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
959
960 if (is_watchpoint (b))
961 {
962 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
963
964 innermost_block = NULL;
965 arg = exp;
966 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
967 if (*arg)
968 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
969 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
970 }
971 else
972 {
973 struct bp_location *loc;
974
975 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
976 {
977 arg = exp;
978 loc->cond =
979 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
980 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
981 if (*arg)
982 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
983 }
984 }
985 }
986 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
987
988 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
989 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
990 }
991
992 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
993
994 static VEC (char_ptr) *
995 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd, char *text, char *word)
996 {
997 char *space;
998
999 text = skip_spaces (text);
1000 space = skip_to_space (text);
1001 if (*space == '\0')
1002 {
1003 int len;
1004 struct breakpoint *b;
1005 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1006
1007 if (text[0] == '$')
1008 {
1009 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1010 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1011 return NULL;
1012 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1013 }
1014
1015 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1016 len = strlen (text);
1017
1018 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1019 {
1020 int single = b->loc->next == NULL;
1021 struct bp_location *loc;
1022 int count = 1;
1023
1024 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1025 {
1026 char location[50];
1027
1028 if (single)
1029 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d", b->number);
1030 else
1031 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d.%d", b->number,
1032 count);
1033
1034 if (strncmp (location, text, len) == 0)
1035 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (location));
1036
1037 ++count;
1038 }
1039 }
1040
1041 return result;
1042 }
1043
1044 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1045 text = skip_spaces (space);
1046 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1047 }
1048
1049 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1050
1051 static void
1052 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1053 {
1054 struct breakpoint *b;
1055 char *p;
1056 int bnum;
1057
1058 if (arg == 0)
1059 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1060
1061 p = arg;
1062 bnum = get_number (&p);
1063 if (bnum == 0)
1064 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1065
1066 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1067 if (b->number == bnum)
1068 {
1069 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1070 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1071 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1072 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1073 if (b->py_bp_object
1074 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1075 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1076 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1077 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1078
1079 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1080 update_global_location_list (1);
1081
1082 return;
1083 }
1084
1085 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1086 }
1087
1088 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1089 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1090 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1091
1092 static void
1093 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1094 {
1095 struct command_line *c;
1096
1097 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1098 {
1099 int i;
1100
1101 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1102 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1103 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1104
1105 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1106 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1107
1108 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1109 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1110 command directly. */
1111 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1112 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1113
1114 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1115 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1116 }
1117 }
1118
1119 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1120
1121 static int
1122 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1123 {
1124 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1125 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1126 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1127 }
1128
1129 int
1130 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1131 {
1132 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1133 }
1134
1135 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1136 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1137 found. */
1138
1139 static void
1140 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1141 struct command_line *commands)
1142 {
1143 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1144 {
1145 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1146 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1147 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1148 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1149 struct command_line *c;
1150 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1151 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1152 {
1153 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1154 {
1155 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1156 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1157 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1158 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1159 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1160 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1161
1162 if (while_stepping)
1163 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1164 "can be used only once"));
1165 else
1166 while_stepping = c;
1167 }
1168 }
1169 if (while_stepping)
1170 {
1171 struct command_line *c2;
1172
1173 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1174 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1175 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1176 {
1177 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1178 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1179 }
1180 }
1181 }
1182 else
1183 {
1184 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1185 }
1186 }
1187
1188 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1189 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1190
1191 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1192 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1193 {
1194 struct breakpoint *b;
1195 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1196 struct bp_location *loc;
1197
1198 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1199 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1200 {
1201 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1202 if (loc->address == addr)
1203 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1204 }
1205
1206 return found;
1207 }
1208
1209 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1210 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1211
1212 void
1213 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1214 struct command_line *commands)
1215 {
1216 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1217
1218 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1219 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1220 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1221 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1222 }
1223
1224 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1225 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1226 commands. */
1227
1228 void
1229 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1230 {
1231 int old_silent = b->silent;
1232
1233 b->silent = silent;
1234 if (old_silent != silent)
1235 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1236 }
1237
1238 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1239 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1240
1241 void
1242 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1243 {
1244 int old_thread = b->thread;
1245
1246 b->thread = thread;
1247 if (old_thread != thread)
1248 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1249 }
1250
1251 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1252 breakpoint work for any task. */
1253
1254 void
1255 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1256 {
1257 int old_task = b->task;
1258
1259 b->task = task;
1260 if (old_task != task)
1261 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1262 }
1263
1264 void
1265 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1266 {
1267 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1268
1269 validate_actionline (&line, b);
1270 }
1271
1272 /* A structure used to pass information through
1273 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1274
1275 struct commands_info
1276 {
1277 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1278 int from_tty;
1279
1280 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1281 char *arg;
1282
1283 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1284 already-parsed command. */
1285 struct command_line *control;
1286
1287 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1288 yet been read. */
1289 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1290 };
1291
1292 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1293 commands_command. */
1294
1295 static void
1296 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1297 {
1298 struct commands_info *info = data;
1299
1300 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1301 {
1302 struct command_line *l;
1303
1304 if (info->control != NULL)
1305 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1306 else
1307 {
1308 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1309 char *str;
1310
1311 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1312 "%s, one per line."),
1313 info->arg);
1314
1315 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1316
1317 l = read_command_lines (str,
1318 info->from_tty, 1,
1319 (is_tracepoint (b)
1320 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1321 b);
1322
1323 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1324 }
1325
1326 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1327 }
1328
1329 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1330 do anything. */
1331 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1332 {
1333 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1334 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1335 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1336 b->commands = info->cmd;
1337 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
1338 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1339 }
1340 }
1341
1342 static void
1343 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1344 struct command_line *control)
1345 {
1346 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1347 struct commands_info info;
1348
1349 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1350 info.control = control;
1351 info.cmd = NULL;
1352 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1353 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1354 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1355
1356 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1357 {
1358 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1359 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1360 breakpoint_count);
1361 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1362 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1363 else
1364 {
1365 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1366 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1367 numbers will fail in this case. */
1368 arg = NULL;
1369 }
1370 }
1371 else
1372 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1373 our argument. */
1374 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1375
1376 if (arg != NULL)
1377 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1378
1379 info.arg = arg;
1380
1381 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1382
1383 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1384 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1385
1386 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1387 }
1388
1389 static void
1390 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1391 {
1392 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1393 }
1394
1395 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1396 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1397
1398 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1399 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1400 enum command_control_type
1401 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1402 {
1403 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1404 return simple_control;
1405 }
1406
1407 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1408
1409 static int
1410 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1411 {
1412 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1413 return 0;
1414 if (!bl->inserted)
1415 return 0;
1416 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1417 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1418 return 0;
1419 return 1;
1420 }
1421
1422 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1423 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1424
1425 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1426 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1427 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1428
1429 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1430 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1431 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1432 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1433 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1434 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1435 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1436 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1437 and:
1438 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1439
1440 void
1441 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1442 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1443 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1444 {
1445 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1446 search. */
1447 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1448
1449 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1450 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1451 report higher one. */
1452
1453 bc_l = 0;
1454 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1455 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1456 {
1457 struct bp_location *bl;
1458
1459 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1460 bl = bp_location[bc];
1461
1462 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1463 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1464 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1465 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1466
1467 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1468 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1469 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1470
1471 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1472 >= bl->address)
1473 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1474 <= memaddr))
1475 bc_l = bc;
1476 else
1477 bc_r = bc;
1478 }
1479
1480 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1481 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1482 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1483 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1484 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1485 B:
1486
1487 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1488
1489 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1490 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1491 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1492 and L2. */
1493 while (bc_l > 0
1494 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1495 bc_l--;
1496
1497 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1498
1499 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1500 {
1501 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1502 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1503 int bp_size = 0;
1504 int bptoffset = 0;
1505
1506 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1507 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1508 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1509 bl->owner->number);
1510
1511 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1512 content. */
1513
1514 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1515 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1516 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1517 break;
1518
1519 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1520 continue;
1521 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1522 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1523 continue;
1524
1525 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1526 we need to copy. */
1527 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1528 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1529
1530 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1531 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1532 are reading. */
1533 continue;
1534
1535 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1536 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1537 reading. */
1538 continue;
1539
1540 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1541 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1542 {
1543 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1544 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1545 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1546 bp_addr = memaddr;
1547 }
1548
1549 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1550 {
1551 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1552 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1553 }
1554
1555 if (readbuf != NULL)
1556 {
1557 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1558 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1559 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1560 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1561 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1562
1563 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1564 shadow. */
1565 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1566 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1567 }
1568 else
1569 {
1570 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1571 const unsigned char *bp;
1572 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1573 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1574
1575 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1576 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1577 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1578
1579 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1580 address. */
1581 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1582
1583 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1584 breakpoint's INSN. */
1585 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1586 }
1587 }
1588 }
1589 \f
1590
1591 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1592 breakpoint. */
1593
1594 int
1595 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1596 {
1597 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1598 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1599 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1600 }
1601
1602 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1603
1604 static int
1605 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1606 {
1607 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1608 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1609 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1610 }
1611
1612 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1613 software. */
1614
1615 int
1616 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1617 {
1618 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1619 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1620 }
1621
1622 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1623 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1624 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1625 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1626 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1627 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1628 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1629 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1630
1631 static int
1632 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1633 {
1634 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1635 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1636 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1637 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1638 }
1639
1640 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1641 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1642
1643 static void
1644 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1645 {
1646 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1647
1648 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1649 {
1650 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1651 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1652 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1653 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1654 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1655 }
1656 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1657 }
1658
1659 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1660 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1661 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1662 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1663 in b->loc->cond.
1664 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1665
1666 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1667 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1668 it.
1669
1670 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1671 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1672 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1673 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1674 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1675 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1676 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1677 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1678
1679 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1680 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1681 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1682 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1683 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1684 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1685 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1686 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1687 not changed.
1688
1689 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1690 hardware watchpoints:
1691
1692 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1693 called several times when GDB stops.
1694
1695 [linux]
1696 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1697 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1698 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1699 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1700 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1701 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1702 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1703 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1704 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1705 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1706 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1707
1708 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1709 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1710
1711 static void
1712 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1713 {
1714 int within_current_scope;
1715 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1716 int frame_saved;
1717
1718 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1719 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1720 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1721 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1722 return;
1723
1724 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1725 return;
1726
1727 frame_saved = 0;
1728
1729 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1730 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1731 within_current_scope = 1;
1732 else
1733 {
1734 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1735 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1736 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1737
1738 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1739 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1740 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1741 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1742 return;
1743
1744 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1745 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1746 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1747 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1748 selected frame. */
1749 frame_saved = 1;
1750 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1751
1752 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1753 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1754 if (within_current_scope)
1755 select_frame (fi);
1756 }
1757
1758 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1759 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1760 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1761 b->base.loc = NULL;
1762
1763 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1764 {
1765 char *s;
1766
1767 if (b->exp)
1768 {
1769 xfree (b->exp);
1770 b->exp = NULL;
1771 }
1772 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1773 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1774 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1775 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1776 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1777 be completely different objects. */
1778 value_free (b->val);
1779 b->val = NULL;
1780 b->val_valid = 0;
1781
1782 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1783 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1784 locations (re)created below. */
1785 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1786 {
1787 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1788 {
1789 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1790 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1791 }
1792
1793 s = b->base.cond_string;
1794 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1795 }
1796 }
1797
1798 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1799 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1800 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1801 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1802 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1803 if ( !target_has_execution)
1804 {
1805 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1806 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1807 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1808 }
1809 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1810 {
1811 int pc = 0;
1812 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1813 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1814
1815 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1816
1817 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1818 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1819 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1820 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1821 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1822 watchpoints. */
1823 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1824 {
1825 b->val = v;
1826 b->val_valid = 1;
1827 }
1828
1829 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1830
1831 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1832 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1833 {
1834 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1835 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1836 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1837 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1838 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1839 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1840 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1841 {
1842 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1843
1844 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1845 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1846 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1847 if (v == result
1848 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1849 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1850 {
1851 CORE_ADDR addr;
1852 int type;
1853 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1854
1855 addr = value_address (v);
1856 type = hw_write;
1857 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1858 type = hw_read;
1859 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1860 type = hw_access;
1861
1862 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1863 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1864 ;
1865 *tmp = loc;
1866 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1867
1868 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1869 loc->address = addr;
1870 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1871 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1872 }
1873 }
1874 }
1875
1876 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1877 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1878 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1879 is started. */
1880 if (reparse)
1881 {
1882 int reg_cnt;
1883 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1884 struct bp_location *bl;
1885
1886 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1887
1888 if (reg_cnt)
1889 {
1890 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1891 enum bptype type;
1892
1893 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1894 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1895 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1896
1897 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1898 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1899 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1900 this watchpoint in as well. */
1901
1902 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1903 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1904 hardware watchpoint type. */
1905 type = b->base.type;
1906 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1907 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1908
1909 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1910 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1911 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1912 through watch_command), so always account for it
1913 manually. */
1914
1915 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1916 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1917
1918 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1919 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1920
1921 target_resources_ok
1922 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1923 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1924 {
1925 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1926
1927 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1928 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1929 "hardware watchpoint."));
1930 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1931 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1932 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1933
1934 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1935 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1936 }
1937 else
1938 {
1939 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1940 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1941 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1942 nop. */
1943 b->base.type = type;
1944 }
1945 }
1946 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1947 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1948 "read/access watchpoint."));
1949 else
1950 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1951
1952 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1953 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1954 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1955 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1956 }
1957
1958 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1959 {
1960 next = value_next (v);
1961 if (v != b->val)
1962 value_free (v);
1963 }
1964
1965 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1966 above left it without any location set up. But,
1967 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1968 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1969 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1970 {
1971 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1972 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1973 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1974 base->loc->address = -1;
1975 base->loc->length = -1;
1976 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1977 }
1978 }
1979 else if (!within_current_scope)
1980 {
1981 printf_filtered (_("\
1982 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1983 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1984 b->base.number);
1985 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1986 }
1987
1988 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1989 if (frame_saved)
1990 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1991 }
1992
1993
1994 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1995 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1996 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1997 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1998 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1999 static int
2000 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2001 {
2002 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2003 return 0;
2004
2005 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2006 return 0;
2007
2008 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2009 return 0;
2010
2011 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2012 return 0;
2013
2014 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2015 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2016 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2017 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2018 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2019 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2020 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2021 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2022 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2023 return 0;
2024
2025 return 1;
2026 }
2027
2028 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2029 that the location is not duplicated. */
2030
2031 static int
2032 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2033 {
2034 int result;
2035 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2036
2037 bl->duplicate = 0;
2038 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2039 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2040 return result;
2041 }
2042
2043 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2044 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2045 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2046 any error during parsing. */
2047
2048 static struct agent_expr *
2049 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2050 {
2051 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2052 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2053 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2054
2055 if (!cond)
2056 return NULL;
2057
2058 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2059 that may show up. */
2060 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2061 {
2062 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2063 }
2064
2065 if (ex.reason < 0)
2066 {
2067 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2068 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2069 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2070 return NULL;
2071 }
2072
2073 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2074 return aexpr;
2075 }
2076
2077 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2078 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2079 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2080 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2081 one of them is true. */
2082
2083 static void
2084 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2085 {
2086 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2087 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2088 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2089 struct bp_location *loc;
2090
2091 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2092 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2093 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2094 side. */
2095 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2096 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2097 return;
2098
2099 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2100 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2101 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2102 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2103 response back to GDB. */
2104 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2105 {
2106 loc = (*loc2p);
2107 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2108 {
2109 if (modified)
2110 {
2111 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2112
2113 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2114 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2115 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2116 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2117 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2118 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2119
2120 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2121 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2122 to the target. */
2123 if (aexpr)
2124 continue;
2125 }
2126
2127 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2128 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2129 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2130 {
2131 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2132 break;
2133 }
2134 }
2135 }
2136
2137 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2138 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2139 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2140
2141 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2142 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2143 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2144 {
2145 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2146 {
2147 loc = (*loc2p);
2148 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2149 {
2150 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2151 located. */
2152 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2153 return;
2154
2155 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2156 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2157 }
2158 }
2159 }
2160
2161 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2162 for this location's address. */
2163 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2164 {
2165 loc = (*loc2p);
2166 if (loc->cond
2167 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2168 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2169 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2170 && loc->enabled)
2171 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2172 conditions to the target. */
2173 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2174 loc->cond_bytecode);
2175 }
2176
2177 return;
2178 }
2179
2180 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2181 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2182 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2183
2184 static struct agent_expr *
2185 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2186 {
2187 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2188 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2189 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2190 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2191 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2192 char *cmdrest;
2193 char *format_start, *format_end;
2194 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2195 int nargs;
2196 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2197
2198 if (!cmd)
2199 return NULL;
2200
2201 cmdrest = cmd;
2202
2203 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2204 ++cmdrest;
2205 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2206
2207 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2208 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2209
2210 format_start = cmdrest;
2211
2212 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2213
2214 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2215
2216 format_end = cmdrest;
2217
2218 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2219 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2220
2221 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2222
2223 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2224 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2225
2226 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2227 cmdrest++;
2228 cmdrest = skip_spaces (cmdrest);
2229
2230 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2231
2232 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2233 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2234
2235 nargs = 0;
2236 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2237 {
2238 char *cmd1;
2239
2240 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2241 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2242 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2243 cmdrest = cmd1;
2244 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2245 ++cmdrest;
2246 }
2247
2248 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2249 that may show up. */
2250 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2251 {
2252 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2253 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2254 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2255 }
2256
2257 if (ex.reason < 0)
2258 {
2259 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2260 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2261 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2262 return NULL;
2263 }
2264
2265 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2266
2267 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2268 return aexpr;
2269 }
2270
2271 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2272 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2273 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2274
2275 static void
2276 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2277 {
2278 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2279 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2280 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2281 struct bp_location *loc;
2282
2283 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2284 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2285 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2286 return;
2287
2288 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2289 return;
2290
2291 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2292 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2293 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2294 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2295 response back to GDB. */
2296 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2297 {
2298 loc = (*loc2p);
2299 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2300 {
2301 if (modified)
2302 {
2303 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2304
2305 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2306 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2307 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2308 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2309 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2310 loc->owner->extra_string);
2311 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2312
2313 if (!aexpr)
2314 continue;
2315 }
2316
2317 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2318 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2319 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2320 {
2321 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2322 break;
2323 }
2324 }
2325 }
2326
2327 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2328 and so clean up. */
2329 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2330 {
2331 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2332 {
2333 loc = (*loc2p);
2334 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2335 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2336 {
2337 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2338 located. */
2339 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2340 return;
2341
2342 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2343 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2344 }
2345 }
2346 }
2347
2348 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2349 for this location's address. */
2350 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2351 {
2352 loc = (*loc2p);
2353 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2354 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2355 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2356 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2357 && loc->enabled)
2358 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2359 to send the commands to the target. */
2360 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2361 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2362 }
2363
2364 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2365 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2366 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2367 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2368 }
2369
2370 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2371 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2372 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2373 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2374 -1 for failure.
2375
2376 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2377 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2378 static int
2379 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2380 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2381 int *disabled_breaks,
2382 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2383 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2384 {
2385 int val = 0;
2386 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2387 struct gdb_exception e;
2388
2389 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2390 return 0;
2391
2392 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2393 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2394 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2395 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2396 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2397 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2398 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2399 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2400 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2401 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2402 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2403 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2404
2405 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2406 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2407 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2408 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2409
2410 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2411 {
2412 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2413 build_target_command_list (bl);
2414 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2415 bl->needs_update = 0;
2416 }
2417
2418 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2419 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2420 {
2421 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2422 {
2423 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2424 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2425 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2426
2427 Two important cases are:
2428 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2429 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2430 hardware breakpoint.
2431 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2432 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2433 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2434 so we undo.
2435
2436 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2437 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2438 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2439 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2440 gdb. */
2441 struct mem_region *mr
2442 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2443
2444 if (mr)
2445 {
2446 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2447 {
2448 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2449
2450 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2451 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2452 else
2453 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2454
2455 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2456 {
2457 static int said = 0;
2458
2459 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2460 if (!said)
2461 {
2462 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2463 _("Note: automatically using "
2464 "hardware breakpoints for "
2465 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2466 said = 1;
2467 }
2468 }
2469 }
2470 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2471 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2472 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2473 "at readonly address %s"),
2474 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2475 }
2476 }
2477
2478 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2479 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2480 || bl->section == NULL
2481 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2482 {
2483 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2484 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2485 {
2486 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2487 }
2488 if (e.reason < 0)
2489 {
2490 val = 1;
2491 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2492 }
2493 }
2494 else
2495 {
2496 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2497 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2498 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2499 {
2500 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2501 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2502 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2503 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2504 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2505 bl->owner->number);
2506 else
2507 {
2508 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2509 bl->section);
2510 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2511 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2512 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2513 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2514 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2515 if (val != 0)
2516 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2517 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2518 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2519 bl->owner->number);
2520 }
2521 }
2522 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2523 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2524 {
2525 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2526 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2527 {
2528 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2529 }
2530 if (e.reason < 0)
2531 {
2532 val = 1;
2533 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2534 }
2535 }
2536 else
2537 {
2538 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2539 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2540 return 0;
2541 }
2542 }
2543
2544 if (val)
2545 {
2546 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2547 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2548 {
2549 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2550 val = 0;
2551 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2552 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2553 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2554 {
2555 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2556 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2557 bl->owner->number);
2558 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2559 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2560 "library breakpoints:\n");
2561 }
2562 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2563 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2564 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2565 }
2566 else
2567 {
2568 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2569 {
2570 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2571 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2572 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2573 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2574 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2575 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2576 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2577 }
2578 else
2579 {
2580 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2581 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2582 bl->owner->number);
2583 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2584 "Error accessing memory address ");
2585 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2586 tmp_error_stream);
2587 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2588 safe_strerror (val));
2589 }
2590
2591 }
2592 }
2593 else
2594 bl->inserted = 1;
2595
2596 return val;
2597 }
2598
2599 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2600 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2601 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2602 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2603 {
2604 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2605 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2606
2607 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2608
2609 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2610 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2611 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2612 {
2613 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2614
2615 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2616 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2617 of this one. */
2618 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2619 if (loc != bl
2620 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2621 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2622 {
2623 bl->duplicate = 1;
2624 bl->inserted = 1;
2625 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2626 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2627 val = 0;
2628 break;
2629 }
2630
2631 if (val == 1)
2632 {
2633 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2634 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2635
2636 if (val)
2637 /* Back to the original value. */
2638 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2639 }
2640 }
2641
2642 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2643 }
2644
2645 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2646 {
2647 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2648 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2649
2650 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2651 if (val)
2652 {
2653 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2654
2655 if (val == 1)
2656 warning (_("\
2657 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2658 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2659 else
2660 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2661 }
2662
2663 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2664
2665 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2666 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2667 so just return success. */
2668 return 0;
2669 }
2670
2671 return 0;
2672 }
2673
2674 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2675 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2676 PSPACE anymore. */
2677
2678 void
2679 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2680 {
2681 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2682 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2683
2684 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2685 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2686 {
2687 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2688 delete_breakpoint (b);
2689 }
2690
2691 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2692 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2693 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2694 {
2695 struct bp_location *tmp;
2696
2697 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2698 {
2699 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2700 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2701 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2702 else
2703 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2704 if (tmp->next == loc)
2705 {
2706 tmp->next = loc->next;
2707 break;
2708 }
2709 }
2710 }
2711
2712 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2713 removed locations above. */
2714 update_global_location_list (0);
2715 }
2716
2717 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2718 Throws exception on any error.
2719 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2720 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2721 void
2722 insert_breakpoints (void)
2723 {
2724 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2725
2726 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2727 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2728 {
2729 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2730
2731 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2732 }
2733
2734 update_global_location_list (1);
2735
2736 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2737 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2738 now. */
2739 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2740 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2741 }
2742
2743 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2744
2745 void
2746 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2747 {
2748 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2749
2750 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2751 {
2752 callback (loc, NULL);
2753 }
2754 }
2755
2756 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2757 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2758 always-inserted mode. */
2759
2760 static void
2761 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2762 {
2763 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2764 int error_flag = 0;
2765 int val = 0;
2766 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2767 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2768 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2769
2770 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2771 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2772
2773 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2774 there was an error. */
2775 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2776
2777 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2778
2779 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2780 {
2781 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2782 breakpoints. */
2783 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2784 continue;
2785
2786 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2787 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2788 deletion of breakpoints. */
2789 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2790 continue;
2791
2792 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2793
2794 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2795 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2796 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2797 insert breakpoints. */
2798 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2799 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2800 continue;
2801
2802 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2803 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2804 if (val)
2805 error_flag = val;
2806 }
2807
2808 if (error_flag)
2809 {
2810 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2811 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2812 }
2813
2814 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2815 }
2816
2817 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2818
2819 static void
2820 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2821 {
2822 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2823 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2824 int error_flag = 0;
2825 int val = 0;
2826 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2827 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2828 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2829
2830 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2831 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2832
2833 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2834 there was an error. */
2835 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2836
2837 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2838
2839 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2840 {
2841 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2842 continue;
2843
2844 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2845 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2846 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2847 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2848 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2849 continue;
2850
2851 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2852
2853 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2854 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2855 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2856 insert breakpoints. */
2857 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2858 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2859 continue;
2860
2861 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2862 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2863 if (val)
2864 error_flag = val;
2865 }
2866
2867 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2868 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2869 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2870 {
2871 int some_failed = 0;
2872 struct bp_location *loc;
2873
2874 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2875 continue;
2876
2877 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2878 continue;
2879
2880 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2881 continue;
2882
2883 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2884 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2885 {
2886 some_failed = 1;
2887 break;
2888 }
2889 if (some_failed)
2890 {
2891 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2892 if (loc->inserted)
2893 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2894
2895 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2896 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2897 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2898 bpt->number);
2899 error_flag = -1;
2900 }
2901 }
2902
2903 if (error_flag)
2904 {
2905 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2906 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2907 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2908 {
2909 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2910 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2911 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2912 }
2913 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2914 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2915 }
2916
2917 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2918 }
2919
2920 /* Used when the program stops.
2921 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2922 removing a breakpoint location. */
2923
2924 int
2925 remove_breakpoints (void)
2926 {
2927 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2928 int val = 0;
2929
2930 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2931 {
2932 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2933 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2934 }
2935 return val;
2936 }
2937
2938 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2939
2940 int
2941 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2942 {
2943 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2944 int val;
2945 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2946
2947 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2948 {
2949 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2950 continue;
2951
2952 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2953 continue;
2954
2955 if (bl->inserted)
2956 {
2957 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2958 if (val != 0)
2959 return val;
2960 }
2961 }
2962 return 0;
2963 }
2964
2965 int
2966 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2967 {
2968 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2969 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2970 int val;
2971 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2972 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
2973 struct inferior *inf;
2974 struct thread_info *tp;
2975
2976 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2977 if (tp == NULL)
2978 return 1;
2979
2980 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2981 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2982
2983 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2984
2985 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2986 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2987
2988 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2989 {
2990 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2991 continue;
2992
2993 if (bl->inserted)
2994 {
2995 bl->inserted = 0;
2996 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
2997 if (val != 0)
2998 {
2999 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3000 return val;
3001 }
3002 }
3003 }
3004 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3005 return 0;
3006 }
3007
3008 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3009
3010 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3011 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3012 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3013 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3014 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3015 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3016 static void
3017 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3018 {
3019 if (internal)
3020 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3021 else
3022 {
3023 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3024 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3025 }
3026 }
3027
3028 static struct breakpoint *
3029 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3030 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3031 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3032 {
3033 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3034 struct breakpoint *b;
3035
3036 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3037
3038 sal.pc = address;
3039 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3040 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3041
3042 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3043 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3044 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3045
3046 return b;
3047 }
3048
3049 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3050 {
3051 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3052 };
3053 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3054
3055 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3056 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3057 {
3058 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3059 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3060
3061 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3062 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3063
3064 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3065 int longjmp_searched;
3066
3067 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3068 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3069
3070 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3071 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3072
3073 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3074 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3075
3076 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3077 int exception_searched;
3078
3079 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3080 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3081 };
3082
3083 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3084
3085 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3086 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3087
3088 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3089
3090 static int
3091 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3092 {
3093 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3094 }
3095
3096 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3097 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3098
3099 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3100 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3101 {
3102 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3103
3104 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3105 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3106 {
3107 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3108 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3109
3110 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3111 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3112 }
3113 return bp_objfile_data;
3114 }
3115
3116 static void
3117 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3118 {
3119 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3120
3121 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3122 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3123 }
3124
3125 static void
3126 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3127 {
3128 struct objfile *objfile;
3129 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3130
3131 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3132 {
3133 struct breakpoint *b;
3134 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3135 CORE_ADDR addr;
3136
3137 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3138
3139 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3140 continue;
3141
3142 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3143 {
3144 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3145
3146 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3147 if (m == NULL)
3148 {
3149 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3150 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3151 continue;
3152 }
3153 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3154 }
3155
3156 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3157 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3158 bp_overlay_event,
3159 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3160 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3161
3162 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3163 {
3164 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3165 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3166 }
3167 else
3168 {
3169 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3170 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3171 }
3172 }
3173 update_global_location_list (1);
3174 }
3175
3176 static void
3177 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3178 {
3179 struct program_space *pspace;
3180 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3181
3182 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3183
3184 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3185 {
3186 struct objfile *objfile;
3187
3188 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3189
3190 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3191 {
3192 int i;
3193 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3194 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3195
3196 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3197 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3198 continue;
3199
3200 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3201
3202 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3203 {
3204 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
3205 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3206 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3207 }
3208
3209 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3210 {
3211 int i;
3212 struct probe *probe;
3213 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3214
3215 for (i = 0;
3216 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3217 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3218 i, probe);
3219 ++i)
3220 {
3221 struct breakpoint *b;
3222
3223 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3224 bp_longjmp_master,
3225 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3226 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3227 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3228 }
3229
3230 continue;
3231 }
3232
3233 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3234 {
3235 struct breakpoint *b;
3236 const char *func_name;
3237 CORE_ADDR addr;
3238
3239 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3240 continue;
3241
3242 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3243 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3244 {
3245 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3246
3247 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3248 if (m == NULL)
3249 {
3250 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3251 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3252 continue;
3253 }
3254 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3255 }
3256
3257 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3258 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3259 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3260 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3261 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3262 }
3263 }
3264 }
3265 update_global_location_list (1);
3266
3267 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3268 }
3269
3270 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3271 static void
3272 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3273 {
3274 struct program_space *pspace;
3275 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3276 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3277
3278 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3279
3280 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3281 {
3282 struct objfile *objfile;
3283 CORE_ADDR addr;
3284
3285 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3286
3287 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3288 {
3289 struct breakpoint *b;
3290 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3291
3292 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3293
3294 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3295 continue;
3296
3297 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3298 {
3299 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3300
3301 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3302 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3303 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3304 {
3305 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3306 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3307 continue;
3308 }
3309 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3310 }
3311
3312 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3313 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3314 bp_std_terminate_master,
3315 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3316 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3317 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3318 }
3319 }
3320
3321 update_global_location_list (1);
3322
3323 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3324 }
3325
3326 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3327
3328 static void
3329 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3330 {
3331 struct objfile *objfile;
3332 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3333
3334 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3335 {
3336 struct breakpoint *b;
3337 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3338 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3339 CORE_ADDR addr;
3340
3341 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3342
3343 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3344 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3345 {
3346 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3347 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3348 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3349 }
3350
3351 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3352 {
3353 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3354 int i;
3355 struct probe *probe;
3356
3357 for (i = 0;
3358 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3359 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3360 i, probe);
3361 ++i)
3362 {
3363 struct breakpoint *b;
3364
3365 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3366 bp_exception_master,
3367 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3368 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3369 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3370 }
3371
3372 continue;
3373 }
3374
3375 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3376
3377 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3378 continue;
3379
3380 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3381
3382 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3383 {
3384 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3385
3386 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3387 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3388 {
3389 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3390 continue;
3391 }
3392
3393 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3394 }
3395
3396 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3397 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3398 &current_target);
3399 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3400 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3401 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3402 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3403 }
3404
3405 update_global_location_list (1);
3406 }
3407
3408 void
3409 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3410 {
3411 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3412 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3413
3414 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3415 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3416 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3417 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3418 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3419 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3420 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3421 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3422 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3423 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3424 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3425
3426 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3427 {
3428 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3429 continue;
3430
3431 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3432 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3433 {
3434 delete_breakpoint (b);
3435 continue;
3436 }
3437
3438 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3439 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3440 {
3441 delete_breakpoint (b);
3442 continue;
3443 }
3444
3445 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3446 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3447 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3448 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3449 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3450 {
3451 delete_breakpoint (b);
3452 continue;
3453 }
3454
3455 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3456 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3457 {
3458 delete_breakpoint (b);
3459 continue;
3460 }
3461
3462 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3463 after an exec. */
3464 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3465 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3466 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3467 {
3468 delete_breakpoint (b);
3469 continue;
3470 }
3471
3472 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3473 {
3474 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3475 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3476 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3477 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3478 continue;
3479 }
3480
3481 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3482 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3483 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3484 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3485 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3486 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3487
3488 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3489 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3490 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3491 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3492 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3493 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3494 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3495
3496 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3497 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3498 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3499 let finish_command delete it.
3500
3501 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3502 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3503 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3504 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3505 solib breakpoints.) */
3506
3507 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3508 {
3509 continue;
3510 }
3511
3512 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3513 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3514 a.out. */
3515 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3516 {
3517 delete_breakpoint (b);
3518 continue;
3519 }
3520 }
3521 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3522 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3523 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3524 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3525 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3526 }
3527
3528 int
3529 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3530 {
3531 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3532 int val = 0;
3533 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3534 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3535
3536 if (PIDGET (ptid) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3537 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3538
3539 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3540 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3541 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3542 {
3543 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3544 continue;
3545
3546 if (bl->inserted)
3547 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3548 }
3549
3550 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3551 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3552
3553 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3554 return val;
3555 }
3556
3557 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3558 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3559 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3560 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3561 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3562
3563 static int
3564 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3565 {
3566 int val;
3567
3568 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3569 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3570
3571 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3572 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3573 return 0;
3574
3575 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3576 This should not ever happen. */
3577 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3578
3579 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3580 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3581 {
3582 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3583 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3584 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3585
3586 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3587 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3588 || bl->section == NULL
3589 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3590 {
3591 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3592 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3593 }
3594 else
3595 {
3596 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3597 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3598 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3599 {
3600 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3601 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3602 */
3603 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3604 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3605 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3606 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3607 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3608 else
3609 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3610 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3611 }
3612 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3613 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3614 if (bl->inserted)
3615 {
3616 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3617 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3618 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3619 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3620
3621 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3622 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3623 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3624 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3625 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3626 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3627 else
3628 val = 0;
3629 }
3630 else
3631 {
3632 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3633 val = 0;
3634 }
3635 }
3636
3637 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3638 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3639 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3640 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3641 val = 0;
3642
3643 if (val)
3644 return val;
3645 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3646 }
3647 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3648 {
3649 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3650 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3651
3652 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3653 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3654
3655 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3656 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3657 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3658 bl->owner->number);
3659 }
3660 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3661 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3662 && !bl->duplicate)
3663 {
3664 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3665 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3666
3667 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3668 if (val)
3669 return val;
3670
3671 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3672 }
3673
3674 return 0;
3675 }
3676
3677 static int
3678 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3679 {
3680 int ret;
3681 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3682
3683 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3684 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3685
3686 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3687 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3688 return 0;
3689
3690 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3691 This should not ever happen. */
3692 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3693
3694 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3695
3696 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3697
3698 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3699
3700 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3701 return ret;
3702 }
3703
3704 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3705
3706 void
3707 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3708 {
3709 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3710
3711 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3712 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3713 bl->inserted = 0;
3714 }
3715
3716 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3717 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3718
3719 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3720 between runs.
3721
3722 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3723 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3724 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3725
3726
3727
3728 void
3729 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3730 {
3731 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3732 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3733 int ix;
3734 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3735
3736 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3737 nothing to do. */
3738 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3739 return;
3740
3741 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3742 {
3743 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3744 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3745 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3746 bl->inserted = 0;
3747 }
3748
3749 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3750 {
3751 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3752 continue;
3753
3754 switch (b->type)
3755 {
3756 case bp_call_dummy:
3757 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3758
3759 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3760 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3761 rid of it. */
3762
3763 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3764
3765 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3766
3767 case bp_shlib_event:
3768
3769 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3770 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3771 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3772 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3773 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3774
3775 (gdb) file prog-linux
3776 (gdb) run # native linux target
3777 ...
3778 (gdb) kill
3779 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3780 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3781 */
3782
3783 case bp_step_resume:
3784
3785 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3786
3787 delete_breakpoint (b);
3788 break;
3789
3790 case bp_watchpoint:
3791 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3792 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3793 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3794 {
3795 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3796
3797 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3798 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3799 delete_breakpoint (b);
3800 else if (context == inf_starting)
3801 {
3802 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3803 insert_breakpoints. */
3804 if (w->val)
3805 value_free (w->val);
3806 w->val = NULL;
3807 w->val_valid = 0;
3808 }
3809 }
3810 break;
3811 default:
3812 break;
3813 }
3814 }
3815
3816 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3817 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3818 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3819 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3820 }
3821
3822 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3823 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3824 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3825 match, not program space. */
3826
3827 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3828 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3829 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3830 permanent breakpoint.
3831 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3832 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3833 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3834 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3835 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3836
3837 enum breakpoint_here
3838 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3839 {
3840 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3841 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3842
3843 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3844 {
3845 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3846 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3847 continue;
3848
3849 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3850 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3851 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3852 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3853 {
3854 if (overlay_debugging
3855 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3856 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3857 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3858 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3859 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3860 else
3861 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3862 }
3863 }
3864
3865 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3866 }
3867
3868 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3869
3870 int
3871 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3872 {
3873 struct bp_location *loc;
3874 int ix;
3875
3876 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3877 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3878 return 1;
3879
3880 return 0;
3881 }
3882
3883 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3884 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3885 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3886 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3887
3888 int
3889 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3890 CORE_ADDR pc)
3891 {
3892 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3893
3894 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3895 {
3896 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3897 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3898 continue;
3899
3900 if (bl->inserted
3901 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3902 {
3903 if (overlay_debugging
3904 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3905 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3906 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3907 else
3908 return 1;
3909 }
3910 }
3911 return 0;
3912 }
3913
3914 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3915 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3916
3917 int
3918 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3919 {
3920 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3921 return 1;
3922
3923 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3924 return 1;
3925
3926 return 0;
3927 }
3928
3929 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3930 inserted at PC. */
3931
3932 int
3933 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3934 CORE_ADDR pc)
3935 {
3936 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3937
3938 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3939 {
3940 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3941 continue;
3942
3943 if (bl->inserted
3944 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3945 aspace, pc))
3946 {
3947 if (overlay_debugging
3948 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3949 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3950 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3951 else
3952 return 1;
3953 }
3954 }
3955
3956 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3957 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3958 return 1;
3959
3960 return 0;
3961 }
3962
3963 int
3964 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3965 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3966 {
3967 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3968
3969 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3970 {
3971 struct bp_location *loc;
3972
3973 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3974 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3975 continue;
3976
3977 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3978 continue;
3979
3980 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3981 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3982 {
3983 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3984
3985 /* Check for intersection. */
3986 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3987 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3988 if (l < h)
3989 return 1;
3990 }
3991 }
3992 return 0;
3993 }
3994
3995 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3996 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3997
3998 int
3999 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4000 ptid_t ptid)
4001 {
4002 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4003 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4004 int thread = -1;
4005 int task = 0;
4006
4007 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4008 {
4009 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4010 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4011 continue;
4012
4013 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4014 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4015 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4016 continue;
4017
4018 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4019 continue;
4020
4021 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4022 {
4023 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4024 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4025 it is now time to do so. */
4026 if (thread == -1)
4027 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4028 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4029 continue;
4030 }
4031
4032 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4033 {
4034 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4035 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4036 it is now time to do so. */
4037 if (task == 0)
4038 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4039 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4040 continue;
4041 }
4042
4043 if (overlay_debugging
4044 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4045 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4046 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4047
4048 return 1;
4049 }
4050
4051 return 0;
4052 }
4053 \f
4054
4055 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4056 in breakpoint.h. */
4057
4058 int
4059 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4060 {
4061 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4062 }
4063
4064 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4065 'next' chain. */
4066
4067 static void
4068 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4069 {
4070 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4071 value_free (bs->old_val);
4072 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4073 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4074 xfree (bs);
4075 }
4076
4077 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4078 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4079
4080 void
4081 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4082 {
4083 bpstat p;
4084 bpstat q;
4085
4086 if (bsp == 0)
4087 return;
4088 p = *bsp;
4089 while (p != NULL)
4090 {
4091 q = p->next;
4092 bpstat_free (p);
4093 p = q;
4094 }
4095 *bsp = NULL;
4096 }
4097
4098 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4099 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4100
4101 bpstat
4102 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4103 {
4104 bpstat p = NULL;
4105 bpstat tmp;
4106 bpstat retval = NULL;
4107
4108 if (bs == NULL)
4109 return bs;
4110
4111 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4112 {
4113 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4114 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4115 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4116 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4117 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4118 {
4119 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4120 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4121 }
4122
4123 if (p == NULL)
4124 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4125 retval = tmp;
4126 else
4127 p->next = tmp;
4128 p = tmp;
4129 }
4130 p->next = NULL;
4131 return retval;
4132 }
4133
4134 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4135
4136 bpstat
4137 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4138 {
4139 if (bsp == NULL)
4140 return NULL;
4141
4142 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4143 {
4144 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4145 return bsp;
4146 }
4147 return NULL;
4148 }
4149
4150 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4151
4152 enum bpstat_signal_value
4153 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp)
4154 {
4155 enum bpstat_signal_value result = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
4156
4157 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4158 {
4159 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4160 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4161 enum bpstat_signal_value newval = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
4162
4163 if (bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL)
4164 newval = bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at);
4165
4166 if (newval > result)
4167 result = newval;
4168 }
4169
4170 return result;
4171 }
4172
4173 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4174 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4175 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4176 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4177
4178 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4179 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4180 we set it.
4181 Return 1 otherwise. */
4182
4183 int
4184 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4185 {
4186 struct breakpoint *b;
4187
4188 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4189 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4190
4191 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4192 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4193 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4194 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4195 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4196 if (b == NULL)
4197 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4198
4199 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4200 return 1;
4201 }
4202
4203 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4204
4205 void
4206 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4207 {
4208 struct thread_info *tp;
4209 bpstat bs;
4210
4211 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4212 return;
4213
4214 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4215 if (tp == NULL)
4216 return;
4217
4218 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4219 {
4220 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4221
4222 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4223 {
4224 value_free (bs->old_val);
4225 bs->old_val = NULL;
4226 }
4227 }
4228 }
4229
4230 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4231
4232 static void
4233 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4234 {
4235 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4236 {
4237 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4238
4239 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4240 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4241 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4242 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4243 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4244 return;
4245 }
4246
4247 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4248 }
4249
4250 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4251 command. */
4252 static void
4253 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4254 {
4255 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4256 }
4257
4258 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4259 or its equivalent. */
4260
4261 static int
4262 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4263 {
4264 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4265 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4266 }
4267
4268 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4269 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4270 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4271 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4272
4273 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4274 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4275 bpstat of the current thread. */
4276
4277 static int
4278 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4279 {
4280 bpstat bs;
4281 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4282 int again = 0;
4283
4284 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4285 in bs->commands. */
4286 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4287 return 0;
4288
4289 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4290 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4291
4292 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4293
4294 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4295 bs = *bsp;
4296
4297 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4298 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4299 {
4300 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4301 struct command_line *cmd;
4302 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4303
4304 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4305
4306 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4307 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4308 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4309 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4310 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4311 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4312 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4313 the tree when we're done. */
4314 ccmd = bs->commands;
4315 bs->commands = NULL;
4316 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4317 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4318 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4319 {
4320 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4321 cmd = cmd->next;
4322 }
4323
4324 while (cmd != NULL)
4325 {
4326 execute_control_command (cmd);
4327
4328 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4329 break;
4330 else
4331 cmd = cmd->next;
4332 }
4333
4334 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4335 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4336
4337 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4338 {
4339 if (target_can_async_p ())
4340 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4341 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4342 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4343 ;
4344 else
4345 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4346 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4347 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4348 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4349 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4350 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4351 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4352 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4353 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4354 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4355 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4356 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4357 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4358 again = 1;
4359 break;
4360 }
4361 }
4362 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4363 return again;
4364 }
4365
4366 void
4367 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4368 {
4369 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4370
4371 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4372 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4373 && target_has_execution
4374 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4375 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4376 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4377 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4378 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4379 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4380 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4381 break;
4382
4383 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4384 }
4385
4386 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4387
4388 static void
4389 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4390 {
4391 if (val == NULL)
4392 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4393 else
4394 {
4395 struct value_print_options opts;
4396 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4397 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4398 }
4399 }
4400
4401 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4402 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4403 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4404 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4405 normal_stop(). */
4406
4407 static enum print_stop_action
4408 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4409 {
4410 switch (bs->print_it)
4411 {
4412 case print_it_noop:
4413 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4414 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4415 break;
4416
4417 case print_it_done:
4418 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4419 relevant messages. */
4420 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4421 break;
4422
4423 case print_it_normal:
4424 {
4425 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4426
4427 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4428 which has since been deleted. */
4429 if (b == NULL)
4430 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4431
4432 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4433 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4434 }
4435 break;
4436
4437 default:
4438 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4439 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4440 break;
4441 }
4442 }
4443
4444 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4445
4446 static void
4447 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4448 {
4449 int any_deleted
4450 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4451 int any_added
4452 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4453
4454 if (!is_catchpoint)
4455 {
4456 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4457 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4458 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4459 else
4460 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4461 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4462 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4463 }
4464
4465 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4466 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4467 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4468
4469 if (any_deleted)
4470 {
4471 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4472 char *name;
4473 int ix;
4474
4475 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4476 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4477 "removed");
4478 for (ix = 0;
4479 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4480 ix, name);
4481 ++ix)
4482 {
4483 if (ix > 0)
4484 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4485 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4486 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4487 }
4488
4489 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4490 }
4491
4492 if (any_added)
4493 {
4494 struct so_list *iter;
4495 int ix;
4496 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4497
4498 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4499 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4500 "added");
4501 for (ix = 0;
4502 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4503 ix, iter);
4504 ++ix)
4505 {
4506 if (ix > 0)
4507 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4508 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4509 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4510 }
4511
4512 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4513 }
4514 }
4515
4516 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4517 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4518 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4519 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4520 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4521 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4522 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4523 routine is one of:
4524
4525 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4526 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4527 code to print the location. An example is
4528 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4529 the location.
4530 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4531 to also print the location part of the message.
4532 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4533 don't require a location appended to the end.
4534 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4535 further info to be printed. */
4536
4537 enum print_stop_action
4538 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4539 {
4540 int val;
4541
4542 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4543 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4544 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4545 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4546 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4547 {
4548 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4549 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4550 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4551 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4552 return val;
4553 }
4554
4555 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4556 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4557 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4558 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4559 {
4560 print_solib_event (0);
4561 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4562 }
4563
4564 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4565 with and nothing was printed. */
4566 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4567 }
4568
4569 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4570 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4571 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4572 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4573
4574 static int
4575 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4576 {
4577 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4578 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4579
4580 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4581 return i;
4582 }
4583
4584 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4585
4586 static bpstat
4587 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4588 {
4589 bpstat bs;
4590
4591 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4592 bs->next = NULL;
4593 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4594 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4595 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4596 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4597 incref_bp_location (bl);
4598 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4599 bs->commands = NULL;
4600 bs->old_val = NULL;
4601 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4602 return bs;
4603 }
4604 \f
4605 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4606 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4607
4608 int
4609 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4610 {
4611 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4612 CORE_ADDR addr;
4613 struct breakpoint *b;
4614
4615 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4616 {
4617 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4618 as not triggered. */
4619 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4620 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4621 {
4622 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4623
4624 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4625 }
4626
4627 return 0;
4628 }
4629
4630 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4631 {
4632 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4633 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4634 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4635 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4636 {
4637 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4638
4639 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4640 }
4641
4642 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4643 }
4644
4645 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4646 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4647 triggered. */
4648
4649 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4650 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4651 {
4652 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4653 struct bp_location *loc;
4654
4655 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4656 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4657 {
4658 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4659 {
4660 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4661 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4662
4663 if (newaddr == start)
4664 {
4665 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4666 break;
4667 }
4668 }
4669 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4670 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4671 addr, loc->address,
4672 loc->length))
4673 {
4674 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4675 break;
4676 }
4677 }
4678 }
4679
4680 return 1;
4681 }
4682
4683 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4684 because of check_errors). */
4685 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4686 #define WP_DELETED 1
4687 /* The value has changed. */
4688 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4689 /* The value has not changed. */
4690 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4691 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4692 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4693
4694 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4695 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4696
4697 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4698 changed.
4699
4700 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4701 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4702
4703 static int
4704 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4705 {
4706 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4707 struct watchpoint *b;
4708 struct frame_info *fr;
4709 int within_current_scope;
4710
4711 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4712 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4713 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4714
4715 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4716 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4717 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4718 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4719 return WP_IGNORE;
4720
4721 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4722 within_current_scope = 1;
4723 else
4724 {
4725 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4726 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4727 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4728
4729 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4730 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4731 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4732 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4733 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4734 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4735 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4736 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4737 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4738 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4739 return WP_IGNORE;
4740
4741 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4742 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4743
4744 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4745 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4746 if (within_current_scope)
4747 {
4748 struct symbol *function;
4749
4750 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4751 if (function == NULL
4752 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4753 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4754 within_current_scope = 0;
4755 }
4756
4757 if (within_current_scope)
4758 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4759 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4760 the user. */
4761 select_frame (fr);
4762 }
4763
4764 if (within_current_scope)
4765 {
4766 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4767 time before we return to the command level and call
4768 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4769 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4770
4771 int pc = 0;
4772 struct value *mark;
4773 struct value *new_val;
4774
4775 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4776 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4777 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4778 a mask watchpoint. */
4779 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4780
4781 mark = value_mark ();
4782 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4783
4784 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4785 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4786 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4787 not what we want. */
4788 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4789 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4790 {
4791 if (new_val != NULL)
4792 {
4793 release_value (new_val);
4794 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4795 }
4796 bs->old_val = b->val;
4797 b->val = new_val;
4798 b->val_valid = 1;
4799 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4800 }
4801 else
4802 {
4803 /* Nothing changed. */
4804 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4805 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4806 }
4807 }
4808 else
4809 {
4810 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4811
4812 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4813 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4814 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4815 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4816 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4817 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4818 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4819 the first value assigned). */
4820 /* We print all the stop information in
4821 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4822 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4823 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4824 here. */
4825 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4826 ui_out_field_string
4827 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4828 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4829 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4830 ui_out_text (uiout,
4831 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4832 which its expression is valid.\n");
4833
4834 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4835 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4836 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4837
4838 return WP_DELETED;
4839 }
4840 }
4841
4842 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4843 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4844 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4845
4846 static int
4847 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4848 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4849 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4850 {
4851 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4852
4853 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4854 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4855
4856 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4857 }
4858
4859 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4860 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4861
4862 static void
4863 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4864 {
4865 const struct bp_location *bl;
4866 struct watchpoint *b;
4867
4868 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4869 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4870 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4871 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4872 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4873
4874 {
4875 int must_check_value = 0;
4876
4877 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4878 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4879 watched value. */
4880 must_check_value = 1;
4881 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4882 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4883 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4884 this watchpoint. */
4885 must_check_value = 1;
4886 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4887 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4888 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4889 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4890 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4891 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4892 must_check_value = 1;
4893
4894 if (must_check_value)
4895 {
4896 char *message
4897 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4898 b->base.number);
4899 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4900 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4901 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4902 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4903 switch (e)
4904 {
4905 case WP_DELETED:
4906 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4907 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4908 /* Stop. */
4909 break;
4910 case WP_IGNORE:
4911 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4912 bs->stop = 0;
4913 break;
4914 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4915 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4916 {
4917 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4918
4919 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4920 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4921 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4922 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4923 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4924 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4925 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4926 old value.
4927
4928 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4929 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4930 happen:
4931
4932 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4933 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4934 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4935 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4936
4937 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4938 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4939 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4940 watchpoint.
4941
4942 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4943 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4944 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4945 changes. This still gives false positives when
4946 the program writes the same value to memory as
4947 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4948 it for a read), but it's much better than
4949 nothing. */
4950
4951 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4952
4953 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4954 {
4955 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4956
4957 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4958 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4959 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4960 {
4961 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4962 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4963
4964 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4965 == watch_triggered_yes)
4966 {
4967 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4968 break;
4969 }
4970 }
4971 }
4972
4973 if (other_write_watchpoint
4974 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4975 {
4976 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4977 and the value changed since the last time we
4978 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4979 Ignore it. */
4980 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4981 bs->stop = 0;
4982 }
4983 }
4984 break;
4985 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4986 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4987 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4988 {
4989 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4990 the value hasn't changed. */
4991 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4992 bs->stop = 0;
4993 }
4994 /* Stop. */
4995 break;
4996 default:
4997 /* Can't happen. */
4998 case 0:
4999 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5000 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5001 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5002 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5003 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5004 break;
5005 }
5006 }
5007 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5008 {
5009 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5010 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5011 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5012 anything for this watchpoint. */
5013 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5014 bs->stop = 0;
5015 }
5016 }
5017 }
5018
5019
5020 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5021 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5022 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5023
5024 static void
5025 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5026 {
5027 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5028 const struct bp_location *bl;
5029 struct breakpoint *b;
5030
5031 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5032 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5033 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5034 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5035 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5036
5037 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5038 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5039 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5040
5041 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5042 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5043 bs->stop = 0;
5044 else if (bs->stop)
5045 {
5046 int value_is_zero = 0;
5047 struct expression *cond;
5048
5049 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5050 method implemented. */
5051 if (b->py_bp_object)
5052 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5053
5054 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5055 {
5056 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5057
5058 cond = w->cond_exp;
5059 }
5060 else
5061 cond = bl->cond;
5062
5063 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5064 {
5065 int within_current_scope = 1;
5066 struct watchpoint * w;
5067
5068 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5069 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5070 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5071 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5072 function call. */
5073 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5074
5075 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5076 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5077 else
5078 w = NULL;
5079
5080 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5081 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5082 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5083 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5084 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5085 call site. */
5086 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5087 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5088 else
5089 {
5090 struct frame_info *frame;
5091
5092 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5093 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5094 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5095 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5096 really matter which instantiation of the function
5097 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5098 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5099 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5100 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5101 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5102 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5103 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5104 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5105 intuitive. */
5106 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5107 if (frame != NULL)
5108 select_frame (frame);
5109 else
5110 within_current_scope = 0;
5111 }
5112 if (within_current_scope)
5113 value_is_zero
5114 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5115 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5116 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5117 else
5118 {
5119 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5120 "in the current scope"));
5121 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5122 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5123 value_is_zero = 0;
5124 }
5125 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5126 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5127 }
5128
5129 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5130 {
5131 bs->stop = 0;
5132 }
5133 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5134 {
5135 bs->stop = 0;
5136 }
5137 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5138 {
5139 b->ignore_count--;
5140 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
5141 bs->stop = 0;
5142 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5143 ++(b->hit_count);
5144 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5145 }
5146 }
5147 }
5148
5149
5150 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5151 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5152
5153 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5154 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5155 that:
5156
5157 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5158
5159 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5160
5161 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5162 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5163 several reasons concurrently.)
5164
5165 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5166 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5167
5168 bpstat
5169 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5170 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5171 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5172 {
5173 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5174 struct bp_location *bl;
5175 struct bp_location *loc;
5176 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5177 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5178 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5179 bpstat bs;
5180 int ix;
5181 int need_remove_insert;
5182 int removed_any;
5183
5184 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5185 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5186 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5187 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5188 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5189 inferior function calls. */
5190
5191 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5192 {
5193 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5194 continue;
5195
5196 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5197 {
5198 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5199 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5200 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5201 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5202 checked all locations already. */
5203 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5204 break;
5205
5206 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5207 continue;
5208
5209 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5210 continue;
5211
5212 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5213 matches. */
5214
5215 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5216 explain stop. */
5217
5218 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5219 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5220 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5221 bs->stop = 1;
5222 bs->print = 1;
5223
5224 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5225 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5226 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5227 iteration. */
5228 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5229 {
5230 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5231
5232 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5233 }
5234 }
5235 }
5236
5237 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5238 {
5239 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5240 {
5241 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5242 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5243 bs->stop = 0;
5244 bs->print = 0;
5245 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5246 }
5247 }
5248
5249 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5250 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5251 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5252 "catch unload". */
5253 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5254 {
5255 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5256 {
5257 handle_solib_event ();
5258 break;
5259 }
5260 }
5261
5262 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5263 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5264 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5265
5266 removed_any = 0;
5267
5268 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5269 {
5270 if (!bs->stop)
5271 continue;
5272
5273 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5274 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5275 if (bs->stop)
5276 {
5277 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5278
5279 if (bs->stop)
5280 {
5281 ++(b->hit_count);
5282 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5283
5284 /* We will stop here. */
5285 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5286 {
5287 --(b->enable_count);
5288 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5289 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5290 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5291 removed_any = 1;
5292 }
5293 if (b->silent)
5294 bs->print = 0;
5295 bs->commands = b->commands;
5296 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5297 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5298 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5299 bs->print = 0;
5300 }
5301
5302 }
5303
5304 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5305 print. */
5306 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5307 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5308 }
5309
5310 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5311 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5312 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5313 done later. */
5314 need_remove_insert = 0;
5315 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5316 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5317 if (!bs->stop
5318 && bs->breakpoint_at
5319 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5320 {
5321 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5322
5323 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5324 need_remove_insert = 1;
5325 }
5326
5327 if (need_remove_insert)
5328 update_global_location_list (1);
5329 else if (removed_any)
5330 update_global_location_list (0);
5331
5332 return bs_head;
5333 }
5334
5335 static void
5336 handle_jit_event (void)
5337 {
5338 struct frame_info *frame;
5339 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5340
5341 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5342 breakpoint_re_set. */
5343 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5344
5345 frame = get_current_frame ();
5346 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5347
5348 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5349
5350 target_terminal_inferior ();
5351 }
5352
5353 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5354
5355 void
5356 handle_solib_event (void)
5357 {
5358 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
5359
5360 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5361 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5362 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5363 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5364 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
5365 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5366 #else
5367 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5368 #endif
5369 target_terminal_inferior ();
5370 }
5371
5372 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5373
5374 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5375
5376 struct bpstat_what
5377 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5378 {
5379 struct bpstat_what retval;
5380 int jit_event = 0;
5381 bpstat bs;
5382
5383 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5384 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5385 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5386
5387 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5388 {
5389 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5390 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5391 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5392 enum bptype bptype;
5393
5394 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5395 {
5396 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5397 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5398 bptype = bp_none;
5399 }
5400 else
5401 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5402
5403 switch (bptype)
5404 {
5405 case bp_none:
5406 break;
5407 case bp_breakpoint:
5408 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5409 case bp_until:
5410 case bp_finish:
5411 case bp_shlib_event:
5412 if (bs->stop)
5413 {
5414 if (bs->print)
5415 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5416 else
5417 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5418 }
5419 else
5420 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5421 break;
5422 case bp_watchpoint:
5423 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5424 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5425 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5426 if (bs->stop)
5427 {
5428 if (bs->print)
5429 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5430 else
5431 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5432 }
5433 else
5434 {
5435 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5436 This requires no further action. */
5437 }
5438 break;
5439 case bp_longjmp:
5440 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5441 case bp_exception:
5442 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5443 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5444 break;
5445 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5446 case bp_exception_resume:
5447 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5448 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5449 break;
5450 case bp_step_resume:
5451 if (bs->stop)
5452 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5453 else
5454 {
5455 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5456 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5457 }
5458 break;
5459 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5460 if (bs->stop)
5461 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5462 else
5463 {
5464 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5465 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5466 }
5467 break;
5468 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5469 case bp_thread_event:
5470 case bp_overlay_event:
5471 case bp_longjmp_master:
5472 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5473 case bp_exception_master:
5474 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5475 break;
5476 case bp_catchpoint:
5477 if (bs->stop)
5478 {
5479 if (bs->print)
5480 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5481 else
5482 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5483 }
5484 else
5485 {
5486 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5487 This requires no further action. */
5488 }
5489 break;
5490 case bp_jit_event:
5491 jit_event = 1;
5492 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5493 break;
5494 case bp_call_dummy:
5495 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5496 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5497 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5498 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5499 break;
5500 case bp_std_terminate:
5501 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5502 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5503 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5504 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5505 break;
5506 case bp_tracepoint:
5507 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5508 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5509 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5510 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5511 out already. */
5512 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5513 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5514 break;
5515 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5516 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5517 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5518 break;
5519 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5520 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5521 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5522 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5523 break;
5524
5525 case bp_dprintf:
5526 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5527 break;
5528
5529 default:
5530 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5531 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5532 }
5533
5534 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5535 }
5536
5537 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5538 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5539
5540 if (jit_event)
5541 {
5542 if (debug_infrun)
5543 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5544
5545 handle_jit_event ();
5546 }
5547
5548 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5549 {
5550 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5551
5552 if (b == NULL)
5553 continue;
5554 switch (b->type)
5555 {
5556 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5557 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5558 break;
5559 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5560 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5561 break;
5562 }
5563 }
5564
5565 return retval;
5566 }
5567
5568 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5569 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5570 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5571
5572 int
5573 bpstat_should_step (void)
5574 {
5575 struct breakpoint *b;
5576
5577 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5578 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5579 return 1;
5580 return 0;
5581 }
5582
5583 int
5584 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5585 {
5586 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5587 if (bs->stop)
5588 return 1;
5589
5590 return 0;
5591 }
5592
5593 \f
5594
5595 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5596 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5597 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5598
5599 static char *
5600 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5601 {
5602 static char wrap_indent[80];
5603 int i, total_width, width, align;
5604 char *text;
5605
5606 total_width = 0;
5607 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5608 {
5609 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5610 {
5611 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5612 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5613 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5614
5615 return wrap_indent;
5616 }
5617
5618 total_width += width + 1;
5619 }
5620
5621 return NULL;
5622 }
5623
5624 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5625 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5626
5627 "host": Host evals condition.
5628 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5629 "target": Target evals condition.
5630 */
5631
5632 static const char *
5633 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5634 {
5635 struct bp_location *bl;
5636 char host_evals = 0;
5637 char target_evals = 0;
5638
5639 if (!b)
5640 return NULL;
5641
5642 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5643 return NULL;
5644
5645 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5646 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5647 return condition_evaluation_host;
5648
5649 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5650 {
5651 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5652 target_evals++;
5653 else
5654 host_evals++;
5655 }
5656
5657 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5658 return condition_evaluation_both;
5659 else if (target_evals)
5660 return condition_evaluation_target;
5661 else
5662 return condition_evaluation_host;
5663 }
5664
5665 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5666 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5667
5668 static const char *
5669 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5670 {
5671 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5672 return NULL;
5673
5674 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5675 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5676 return condition_evaluation_host;
5677
5678 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5679 return condition_evaluation_target;
5680 else
5681 return condition_evaluation_host;
5682 }
5683
5684 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5685
5686 static void
5687 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5688 struct bp_location *loc)
5689 {
5690 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5691 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5692
5693 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5694 loc = NULL;
5695
5696 if (loc != NULL)
5697 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5698
5699 if (b->display_canonical)
5700 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5701 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
5702 {
5703 struct symbol *sym
5704 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5705 if (sym)
5706 {
5707 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5708 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5709 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5710 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5711 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5712 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5713 }
5714 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
5715 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5716
5717 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5718 {
5719 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
5720 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
5721
5722 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
5723 }
5724
5725 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5726 }
5727 else if (loc)
5728 {
5729 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5730 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5731
5732 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5733 demangle, "");
5734 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5735
5736 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5737 }
5738 else
5739 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5740
5741 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5742 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5743 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5744 {
5745 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5746 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5747 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5748 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5749 }
5750
5751 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5752 }
5753
5754 static const char *
5755 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5756 {
5757 struct ep_type_description
5758 {
5759 enum bptype type;
5760 char *description;
5761 };
5762 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5763 {
5764 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5765 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5766 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5767 {bp_until, "until"},
5768 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5769 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5770 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5771 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5772 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5773 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5774 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5775 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5776 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5777 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5778 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5779 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5780 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5781 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5782 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5783 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5784 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5785 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5786 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5787 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5788 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5789 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5790 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5791 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5792 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5793 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5794 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5795 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5796 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5797 };
5798
5799 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5800 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5801 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5802 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5803 (int) type);
5804
5805 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5806 }
5807
5808 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5809
5810 static void
5811 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5812 struct bp_location *loc,
5813 int loc_number,
5814 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5815 int allflag)
5816 {
5817 struct command_line *l;
5818 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5819
5820 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5821 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5822 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5823 struct value_print_options opts;
5824
5825 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5826
5827 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5828 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5829 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5830 if (loc == NULL
5831 && (b->loc != NULL
5832 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5833 header_of_multiple = 1;
5834 if (loc == NULL)
5835 loc = b->loc;
5836
5837 annotate_record ();
5838
5839 /* 1 */
5840 annotate_field (0);
5841 if (part_of_multiple)
5842 {
5843 char *formatted;
5844 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5845 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5846 xfree (formatted);
5847 }
5848 else
5849 {
5850 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5851 }
5852
5853 /* 2 */
5854 annotate_field (1);
5855 if (part_of_multiple)
5856 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5857 else
5858 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5859
5860 /* 3 */
5861 annotate_field (2);
5862 if (part_of_multiple)
5863 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5864 else
5865 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5866
5867
5868 /* 4 */
5869 annotate_field (3);
5870 if (part_of_multiple)
5871 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5872 else
5873 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5874 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5875 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5876
5877
5878 /* 5 and 6 */
5879 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5880 {
5881 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5882 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5883 make sure there's just one location. */
5884 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5885 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5886 }
5887 else
5888 switch (b->type)
5889 {
5890 case bp_none:
5891 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5892 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5893 break;
5894
5895 case bp_watchpoint:
5896 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5897 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5898 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5899 {
5900 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5901
5902 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5903 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5904 is relatively readable). */
5905 if (opts.addressprint)
5906 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5907 annotate_field (5);
5908 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5909 }
5910 break;
5911
5912 case bp_breakpoint:
5913 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5914 case bp_until:
5915 case bp_finish:
5916 case bp_longjmp:
5917 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5918 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5919 case bp_exception:
5920 case bp_exception_resume:
5921 case bp_step_resume:
5922 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5923 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5924 case bp_call_dummy:
5925 case bp_std_terminate:
5926 case bp_shlib_event:
5927 case bp_thread_event:
5928 case bp_overlay_event:
5929 case bp_longjmp_master:
5930 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5931 case bp_exception_master:
5932 case bp_tracepoint:
5933 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5934 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5935 case bp_dprintf:
5936 case bp_jit_event:
5937 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5938 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5939 if (opts.addressprint)
5940 {
5941 annotate_field (4);
5942 if (header_of_multiple)
5943 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5944 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5945 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5946 else
5947 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5948 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5949 }
5950 annotate_field (5);
5951 if (!header_of_multiple)
5952 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5953 if (b->loc)
5954 *last_loc = b->loc;
5955 break;
5956 }
5957
5958
5959 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5960 are several. */
5961 if (loc != NULL
5962 && !header_of_multiple
5963 && (allflag
5964 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
5965 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5966 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5967 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5968 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5969 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
5970 {
5971 struct inferior *inf;
5972 int first = 1;
5973
5974 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
5975 {
5976 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
5977 {
5978 if (first)
5979 {
5980 first = 0;
5981 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5982 }
5983 else
5984 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5985 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
5986 }
5987 }
5988 }
5989
5990 if (!part_of_multiple)
5991 {
5992 if (b->thread != -1)
5993 {
5994 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5995 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5996 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
5997 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5998 }
5999 else if (b->task != 0)
6000 {
6001 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6002 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6003 }
6004 }
6005
6006 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6007
6008 if (!part_of_multiple)
6009 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6010
6011 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6012 {
6013 annotate_field (6);
6014 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6015 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6016 the frame ID. */
6017 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6018 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6019 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6020 }
6021
6022 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6023 {
6024 annotate_field (7);
6025 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6026 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6027 else
6028 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6029 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6030
6031 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6032 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6033 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6034 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6035 == condition_evaluation_target)
6036 {
6037 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6038 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6039 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6040 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6041 }
6042 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6043 }
6044
6045 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6046 {
6047 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6048 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6049 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6050 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6051 }
6052
6053 if (!part_of_multiple)
6054 {
6055 if (b->hit_count)
6056 {
6057 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6058 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6059 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6060 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6061 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6062 else
6063 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6064 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6065 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6066 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6067 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6068 else
6069 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6070 }
6071 else
6072 {
6073 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6074 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6075 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6076 }
6077 }
6078
6079 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6080 {
6081 annotate_field (8);
6082 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6083 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6084 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6085 }
6086
6087 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6088 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6089 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6090 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6091 {
6092 annotate_field (8);
6093 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6094 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6095 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6096 if (b->ignore_count)
6097 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6098 else
6099 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6100 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6101 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6102 }
6103
6104 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6105 {
6106 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6107
6108 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6109 {
6110 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6111 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6112 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6113 }
6114 }
6115
6116 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6117 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6118 {
6119 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6120
6121 annotate_field (9);
6122 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6123 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6124 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6125 }
6126
6127 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6128 {
6129 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6130
6131 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6132 {
6133 annotate_field (10);
6134 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6135 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6136 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6137 }
6138
6139 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6140 pending. */
6141 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6142 {
6143 annotate_field (11);
6144
6145 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6146 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6147 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6148 else
6149 {
6150 if (loc->inserted)
6151 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6152 else
6153 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6154 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6155 }
6156 }
6157 }
6158
6159 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6160 {
6161 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6162 {
6163 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6164
6165 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6166 }
6167 else if (b->addr_string)
6168 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6169 }
6170 }
6171
6172 static void
6173 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6174 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6175 int allflag)
6176 {
6177 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6178 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6179
6180 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6181
6182 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6183 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6184
6185 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6186 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6187 locations, if any. */
6188 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6189 {
6190 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6191 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6192 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6193 situation.
6194
6195 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6196 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6197 if (b->loc
6198 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6199 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6200 {
6201 struct bp_location *loc;
6202 int n = 1;
6203
6204 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6205 {
6206 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6207 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6208 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6209 do_cleanups (inner2);
6210 }
6211 }
6212 }
6213 }
6214
6215 static int
6216 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6217 {
6218 int print_address_bits = 0;
6219 struct bp_location *loc;
6220
6221 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6222 {
6223 int addr_bit;
6224
6225 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6226 an address to print. */
6227 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6228 continue;
6229
6230 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6231 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6232 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6233 }
6234
6235 return print_address_bits;
6236 }
6237
6238 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6239 {
6240 int bnum;
6241 };
6242
6243 static int
6244 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6245 {
6246 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6247 struct breakpoint *b;
6248 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6249
6250 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6251 {
6252 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6253 {
6254 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6255 return GDB_RC_OK;
6256 }
6257 }
6258 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6259 }
6260
6261 enum gdb_rc
6262 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6263 char **error_message)
6264 {
6265 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6266
6267 args.bnum = bnum;
6268 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6269 an error. */
6270 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6271 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6272 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6273 else
6274 return GDB_RC_OK;
6275 }
6276
6277 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6278 internal or momentary. */
6279
6280 int
6281 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6282 {
6283 return b->number > 0;
6284 }
6285
6286 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6287 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6288 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6289 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6290 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6291 breakpoints listed. */
6292
6293 static int
6294 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6295 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6296 {
6297 struct breakpoint *b;
6298 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6299 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6300 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6301 struct value_print_options opts;
6302 int print_address_bits = 0;
6303 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6304 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6305
6306 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6307
6308 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6309 required for address fields. */
6310 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6311 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6312 {
6313 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6314 if (filter && !filter (b))
6315 continue;
6316
6317 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6318 accept. Skip the others. */
6319 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6320 {
6321 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6322 continue;
6323 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6324 continue;
6325 }
6326
6327 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6328 {
6329 int addr_bit, type_len;
6330
6331 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6332 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6333 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6334
6335 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6336 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6337 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6338
6339 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6340 }
6341 }
6342
6343 if (opts.addressprint)
6344 bkpttbl_chain
6345 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6346 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6347 "BreakpointTable");
6348 else
6349 bkpttbl_chain
6350 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6351 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6352 "BreakpointTable");
6353
6354 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6355 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6356 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6357 annotate_field (0);
6358 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6359 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6360 annotate_field (1);
6361 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6362 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6363 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6364 annotate_field (2);
6365 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6366 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6367 annotate_field (3);
6368 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6369 if (opts.addressprint)
6370 {
6371 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6372 annotate_field (4);
6373 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6374 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6375 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6376 else
6377 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6378 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6379 }
6380 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6381 annotate_field (5);
6382 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6383 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6384 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6385 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6386
6387 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6388 {
6389 QUIT;
6390 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6391 if (filter && !filter (b))
6392 continue;
6393
6394 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6395 accept. Skip the others. */
6396
6397 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6398 {
6399 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6400 {
6401 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6402 continue;
6403 }
6404 else /* all others */
6405 {
6406 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6407 continue;
6408 }
6409 }
6410 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6411 allflag is set. */
6412 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6413 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6414 }
6415
6416 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6417
6418 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6419 {
6420 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6421 empty list. */
6422 if (!filter)
6423 {
6424 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6425 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6426 else
6427 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6428 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6429 args);
6430 }
6431 }
6432 else
6433 {
6434 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6435 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6436 }
6437
6438 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6439 there have been breakpoints? */
6440 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6441
6442 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6443 }
6444
6445 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6446 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6447
6448 static void
6449 default_collect_info (void)
6450 {
6451 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6452
6453 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6454 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6455 not wanted. */
6456 if (!*default_collect)
6457 return;
6458
6459 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6460 actions. */
6461 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6462 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6463 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6464 }
6465
6466 static void
6467 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6468 {
6469 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6470
6471 default_collect_info ();
6472 }
6473
6474 static void
6475 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6476 {
6477 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6478 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6479
6480 if (num_printed == 0)
6481 {
6482 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6483 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6484 else
6485 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6486 }
6487 }
6488
6489 static void
6490 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6491 {
6492 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6493
6494 default_collect_info ();
6495 }
6496
6497 static int
6498 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6499 struct program_space *pspace,
6500 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6501 {
6502 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6503
6504 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6505 {
6506 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6507 && bl->address == pc
6508 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6509 return 1;
6510 }
6511 return 0;
6512 }
6513
6514 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6515 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6516 address spaces. */
6517
6518 static void
6519 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6520 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6521 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6522 {
6523 int others = 0;
6524 struct breakpoint *b;
6525
6526 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6527 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6528 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6529 if (others > 0)
6530 {
6531 if (others == 1)
6532 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6533 else /* if (others == ???) */
6534 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6535 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6536 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6537 {
6538 others--;
6539 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6540 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6541 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6542 else if (b->thread != -1)
6543 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6544 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6545 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6546 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6547 ? " (disabled)"
6548 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6549 ? " (permanent)"
6550 : ""),
6551 (others > 1) ? ","
6552 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6553 }
6554 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6555 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6556 printf_filtered (".\n");
6557 }
6558 }
6559 \f
6560
6561 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6562 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6563 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6564 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6565
6566 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6567 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6568 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6569 breakpoint at address zero:
6570
6571 bp_watchpoint
6572 bp_catchpoint
6573
6574 */
6575
6576 static int
6577 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6578 {
6579 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6580
6581 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6582 }
6583
6584 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6585 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6586
6587 static int
6588 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6589 struct bp_location *loc2)
6590 {
6591 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6592 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6593
6594 /* Both of them must exist. */
6595 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6596 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6597
6598 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6599 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6600 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6601 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6602 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6603 other watchpoint. */
6604 if ((w1->cond_exp
6605 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6606 loc1->length,
6607 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6608 w1->cond_exp))
6609 || (w2->cond_exp
6610 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6611 loc2->length,
6612 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6613 w2->cond_exp)))
6614 return 0;
6615
6616 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6617 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6618 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6619 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6620 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6621 become hw_access locations later. */
6622 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6623 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6624 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6625 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6626 }
6627
6628 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6629 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6630 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6631 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6632
6633 static int
6634 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6635 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6636 {
6637 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6638 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6639 && addr1 == addr2);
6640 }
6641
6642 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6643 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6644 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6645 space doesn't really matter. */
6646
6647 static int
6648 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6649 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6650 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6651 {
6652 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6653 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6654 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6655 }
6656
6657 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6658 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6659 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6660 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6661
6662 static int
6663 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6664 struct address_space *aspace,
6665 CORE_ADDR addr)
6666 {
6667 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6668 aspace, addr)
6669 || (bl->length
6670 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6671 bl->address, bl->length,
6672 aspace, addr)));
6673 }
6674
6675 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6676 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6677 true, otherwise returns false. */
6678
6679 static int
6680 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6681 struct bp_location *loc2)
6682 {
6683 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6684 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6685 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6686 different locations. */
6687 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6688 else
6689 return 0;
6690 }
6691
6692 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6693 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6694 represent the same location. */
6695
6696 static int
6697 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6698 struct bp_location *loc2)
6699 {
6700 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6701
6702 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6703 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6704 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6705
6706 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6707 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6708
6709 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6710 return 0;
6711 else if (hw_point1)
6712 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6713 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6714 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6715 else
6716 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6717 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6718 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6719 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6720 }
6721
6722 static void
6723 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6724 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6725 {
6726 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6727 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6728 char astr1[64];
6729 char astr2[64];
6730
6731 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6732 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6733 if (have_bnum)
6734 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6735 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6736 else
6737 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6738 }
6739
6740 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6741 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6742 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6743 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6744
6745 static CORE_ADDR
6746 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6747 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6748 {
6749 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6750 {
6751 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6752 return bpaddr;
6753 }
6754 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6755 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6756 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6757 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6758 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6759 {
6760 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6761 have their addresses modified. */
6762 return bpaddr;
6763 }
6764 else
6765 {
6766 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6767
6768 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6769 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6770 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6771
6772 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6773 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6774 is required. */
6775 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6776 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6777
6778 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6779 }
6780 }
6781
6782 void
6783 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6784 struct breakpoint *owner)
6785 {
6786 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6787
6788 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6789
6790 loc->ops = ops;
6791 loc->owner = owner;
6792 loc->cond = NULL;
6793 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6794 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6795 loc->enabled = 1;
6796
6797 switch (owner->type)
6798 {
6799 case bp_breakpoint:
6800 case bp_until:
6801 case bp_finish:
6802 case bp_longjmp:
6803 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6804 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6805 case bp_exception:
6806 case bp_exception_resume:
6807 case bp_step_resume:
6808 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6809 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6810 case bp_call_dummy:
6811 case bp_std_terminate:
6812 case bp_shlib_event:
6813 case bp_thread_event:
6814 case bp_overlay_event:
6815 case bp_jit_event:
6816 case bp_longjmp_master:
6817 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6818 case bp_exception_master:
6819 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6820 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6821 case bp_dprintf:
6822 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6823 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6824 break;
6825 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6826 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6827 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6828 break;
6829 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6830 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6831 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6832 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6833 break;
6834 case bp_watchpoint:
6835 case bp_catchpoint:
6836 case bp_tracepoint:
6837 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6838 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6839 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6840 break;
6841 default:
6842 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6843 }
6844
6845 loc->refc = 1;
6846 }
6847
6848 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6849
6850 static struct bp_location *
6851 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6852 {
6853 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6854 }
6855
6856 static void
6857 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6858 {
6859 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6860 xfree (loc);
6861 }
6862
6863 /* Increment reference count. */
6864
6865 static void
6866 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6867 {
6868 ++bl->refc;
6869 }
6870
6871 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6872 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6873
6874 static void
6875 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6876 {
6877 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6878
6879 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6880 free_bp_location (*blp);
6881 *blp = NULL;
6882 }
6883
6884 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6885
6886 static void
6887 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6888 {
6889 struct breakpoint *b1;
6890
6891 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6892 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6893
6894 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6895 if (b1 == 0)
6896 breakpoint_chain = b;
6897 else
6898 {
6899 while (b1->next)
6900 b1 = b1->next;
6901 b1->next = b;
6902 }
6903 }
6904
6905 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6906
6907 static void
6908 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6909 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6910 enum bptype bptype,
6911 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6912 {
6913 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6914
6915 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6916
6917 b->ops = ops;
6918 b->type = bptype;
6919 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6920 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6921 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6922 b->thread = -1;
6923 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6924 b->next = 0;
6925 b->silent = 0;
6926 b->ignore_count = 0;
6927 b->commands = NULL;
6928 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6929 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6930 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6931 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6932 }
6933
6934 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6935 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6936
6937 static struct breakpoint *
6938 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6939 enum bptype bptype,
6940 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6941 {
6942 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6943
6944 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6945 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6946 return b;
6947 }
6948
6949 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6950 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6951 enough. */
6952
6953 static void
6954 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6955 {
6956 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6957
6958 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6959 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6960 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6961 {
6962 int is_gnu_ifunc;
6963 const char *function_name;
6964 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
6965
6966 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
6967 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
6968
6969 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
6970 {
6971 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6972
6973 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
6974 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
6975 &loc->requested_address))
6976 {
6977 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6978 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
6979 loc->requested_address,
6980 b->type);
6981 }
6982 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
6983 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
6984 {
6985 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6986 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6987 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
6988 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
6989 breakpoint. */
6990 loc->related_address = func_addr;
6991 }
6992 }
6993
6994 if (function_name)
6995 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
6996 }
6997 }
6998
6999 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7000 struct gdbarch *
7001 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7002 {
7003 if (sal.section)
7004 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7005 if (sal.symtab)
7006 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7007
7008 return NULL;
7009 }
7010
7011 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7012 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7013 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7014
7015 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7016 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7017 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7018
7019 static void
7020 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7021 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7022 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7023 {
7024 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7025
7026 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7027
7028 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7029 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7030
7031 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7032 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7033 program space. */
7034 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7035 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7036
7037 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
7038 }
7039
7040 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7041 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7042 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7043 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7044 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7045 is also returned as the value of this function.
7046
7047 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7048 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7049 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7050 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7051 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7052 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7053 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7054
7055 struct breakpoint *
7056 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7057 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7058 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7059 {
7060 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7061
7062 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7063 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7064 return b;
7065 }
7066
7067
7068 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7069 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7070 void
7071 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7072 {
7073 struct bp_location *bl;
7074
7075 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7076
7077 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7078 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7079 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7080 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7081 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7082 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7083 bl->inserted = 1;
7084 }
7085
7086 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7087 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7088 initiated the operation. */
7089
7090 void
7091 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7092 {
7093 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7094 int thread = tp->num;
7095
7096 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7097 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7098 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7099 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7100 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7101 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7102 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7103 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7104 {
7105 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7106 struct breakpoint *clone;
7107
7108 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7109 after their removal. */
7110 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7111 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7112 clone->thread = thread;
7113 }
7114
7115 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7116 }
7117
7118 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7119 void
7120 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7121 {
7122 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7123
7124 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7125 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7126 {
7127 if (b->thread == thread)
7128 delete_breakpoint (b);
7129 }
7130 }
7131
7132 void
7133 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7134 {
7135 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7136
7137 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7138 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7139 {
7140 if (b->thread == thread)
7141 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7142 }
7143 }
7144
7145 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7146 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7147 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7148 breakpoints. */
7149
7150 struct breakpoint *
7151 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7152 {
7153 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7154
7155 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7156 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7157 {
7158 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7159
7160 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7161 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7162 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7163
7164 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7165
7166 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7167 if (retval == NULL)
7168 retval = new_b;
7169 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7170 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7171 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7172 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7173 }
7174
7175 return retval;
7176 }
7177
7178 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7179 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7180 stack.
7181
7182 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7183 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7184 frames. */
7185
7186 void
7187 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7188 {
7189 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7190
7191 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7192 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7193 {
7194 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7195
7196 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7197 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7198 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7199 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7200 continue;
7201
7202 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7203
7204 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7205 {
7206 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7207 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7208 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7209 }
7210 delete_breakpoint (b);
7211 }
7212 }
7213
7214 void
7215 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7216 {
7217 struct breakpoint *b;
7218
7219 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7220 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7221 {
7222 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7223 update_global_location_list (1);
7224 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7225 }
7226 }
7227
7228 void
7229 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7230 {
7231 struct breakpoint *b;
7232
7233 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7234 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7235 {
7236 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7237 update_global_location_list (0);
7238 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7239 }
7240 }
7241
7242 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7243 master breakpoint. */
7244 void
7245 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7246 {
7247 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7248
7249 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7250 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7251 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7252 {
7253 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7254 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7255 }
7256 }
7257
7258 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7259 void
7260 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7261 {
7262 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7263
7264 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7265 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7266 delete_breakpoint (b);
7267 }
7268
7269 struct breakpoint *
7270 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7271 {
7272 struct breakpoint *b;
7273
7274 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7275 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7276
7277 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7278 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7279 b->addr_string
7280 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7281
7282 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7283
7284 return b;
7285 }
7286
7287 void
7288 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7289 {
7290 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7291
7292 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7293 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7294 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7295 delete_breakpoint (b);
7296 }
7297
7298 struct lang_and_radix
7299 {
7300 enum language lang;
7301 int radix;
7302 };
7303
7304 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7305
7306 struct breakpoint *
7307 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7308 {
7309 struct breakpoint *b;
7310
7311 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7312 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7313 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7314 return b;
7315 }
7316
7317 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7318
7319 void
7320 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7321 {
7322 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7323
7324 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7325 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7326 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7327 delete_breakpoint (b);
7328 }
7329
7330 void
7331 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7332 {
7333 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7334
7335 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7336 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7337 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7338 delete_breakpoint (b);
7339 }
7340
7341 struct breakpoint *
7342 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7343 {
7344 struct breakpoint *b;
7345
7346 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7347 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7348 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7349 return b;
7350 }
7351
7352 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7353 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7354
7355 void
7356 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7357 {
7358 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7359
7360 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7361 {
7362 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7363 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7364
7365 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7366 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7367 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7368 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7369 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7370 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7371 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7372 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7373 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7374 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7375 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7376 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
7377 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
7378 #else
7379 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7380 #endif
7381 )
7382 {
7383 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7384 }
7385 }
7386 }
7387
7388 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7389 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7390 disabled. */
7391
7392 static void
7393 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7394 {
7395 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7396 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7397
7398 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7399 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7400 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7401 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7402 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7403 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7404 return;
7405
7406 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7407 {
7408 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7409 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7410
7411 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7412 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7413 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7414 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7415 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7416 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7417 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7418 || is_tracepoint (b))
7419 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7420 {
7421 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7422 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7423 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7424 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7425 loc->inserted = 0;
7426
7427 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7428 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7429
7430 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7431 {
7432 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7433 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7434 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7435 solib->so_name);
7436 }
7437 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7438 }
7439 }
7440 }
7441
7442 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7443
7444 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7445 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7446 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7447 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7448 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7449
7450 struct fork_catchpoint
7451 {
7452 /* The base class. */
7453 struct breakpoint base;
7454
7455 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7456 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7457 catchpoint has triggered. */
7458 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7459 };
7460
7461 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7462 catchpoints. */
7463
7464 static int
7465 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7466 {
7467 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7468 }
7469
7470 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7471 catchpoints. */
7472
7473 static int
7474 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7475 {
7476 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7477 }
7478
7479 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7480 catchpoints. */
7481
7482 static int
7483 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7484 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7485 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7486 {
7487 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7488
7489 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7490 return 0;
7491
7492 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7493 return 1;
7494 }
7495
7496 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7497 catchpoints. */
7498
7499 static enum print_stop_action
7500 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7501 {
7502 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7503 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7504 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7505
7506 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7507 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7508 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7509 else
7510 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7511 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7512 {
7513 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7514 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7515 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7516 }
7517 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7518 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7519 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7520 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7521 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7522 }
7523
7524 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7525 catchpoints. */
7526
7527 static void
7528 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7529 {
7530 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7531 struct value_print_options opts;
7532 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7533
7534 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7535
7536 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7537 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7538 readable). */
7539 if (opts.addressprint)
7540 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7541 annotate_field (5);
7542 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7543 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7544 {
7545 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7546 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7547 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7548 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7549 }
7550
7551 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7552 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7553 }
7554
7555 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7556 catchpoints. */
7557
7558 static void
7559 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7560 {
7561 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7562 }
7563
7564 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7565 catchpoints. */
7566
7567 static void
7568 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7569 {
7570 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7571 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7572 }
7573
7574 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7575
7576 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7577
7578 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7579 catchpoints. */
7580
7581 static int
7582 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7583 {
7584 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7585 }
7586
7587 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7588 catchpoints. */
7589
7590 static int
7591 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7592 {
7593 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7594 }
7595
7596 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7597 catchpoints. */
7598
7599 static int
7600 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7601 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7602 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7603 {
7604 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7605
7606 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7607 return 0;
7608
7609 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7610 return 1;
7611 }
7612
7613 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7614 catchpoints. */
7615
7616 static enum print_stop_action
7617 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7618 {
7619 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7620 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7621 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7622
7623 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7624 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7625 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7626 else
7627 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7628 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7629 {
7630 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7631 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7632 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7633 }
7634 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7635 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7636 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7637 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7638 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7639 }
7640
7641 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7642 catchpoints. */
7643
7644 static void
7645 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7646 {
7647 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7648 struct value_print_options opts;
7649 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7650
7651 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7652 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7653 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7654 readable). */
7655 if (opts.addressprint)
7656 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7657 annotate_field (5);
7658 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7659 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7660 {
7661 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7662 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7663 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7664 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7665 }
7666
7667 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7668 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
7669 }
7670
7671 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7672 catchpoints. */
7673
7674 static void
7675 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7676 {
7677 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7678 }
7679
7680 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7681 catchpoints. */
7682
7683 static void
7684 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7685 {
7686 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7687 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7688 }
7689
7690 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7691
7692 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7693
7694 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7695 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7696 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7697 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7698 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7699
7700 struct solib_catchpoint
7701 {
7702 /* The base class. */
7703 struct breakpoint base;
7704
7705 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7706 unsigned char is_load;
7707
7708 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7709 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7710 char *regex;
7711 regex_t compiled;
7712 };
7713
7714 static void
7715 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7716 {
7717 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7718
7719 if (self->regex)
7720 regfree (&self->compiled);
7721 xfree (self->regex);
7722
7723 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7724 }
7725
7726 static int
7727 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7728 {
7729 return 0;
7730 }
7731
7732 static int
7733 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7734 {
7735 return 0;
7736 }
7737
7738 static int
7739 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7740 struct address_space *aspace,
7741 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7742 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7743 {
7744 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7745 struct breakpoint *other;
7746
7747 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7748 return 1;
7749
7750 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7751 {
7752 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7753
7754 if (other == bl->owner)
7755 continue;
7756
7757 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7758 continue;
7759
7760 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7761 continue;
7762
7763 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7764 {
7765 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7766 return 1;
7767 }
7768 }
7769
7770 return 0;
7771 }
7772
7773 static void
7774 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7775 {
7776 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7777 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7778 int ix;
7779
7780 if (self->is_load)
7781 {
7782 struct so_list *iter;
7783
7784 for (ix = 0;
7785 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7786 ix, iter);
7787 ++ix)
7788 {
7789 if (!self->regex
7790 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7791 return;
7792 }
7793 }
7794 else
7795 {
7796 char *iter;
7797
7798 for (ix = 0;
7799 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7800 ix, iter);
7801 ++ix)
7802 {
7803 if (!self->regex
7804 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7805 return;
7806 }
7807 }
7808
7809 bs->stop = 0;
7810 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7811 }
7812
7813 static enum print_stop_action
7814 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7815 {
7816 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7817 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7818
7819 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7820 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7821 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7822 else
7823 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7824 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7825 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7826 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7827 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7828 print_solib_event (1);
7829 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7830 }
7831
7832 static void
7833 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7834 {
7835 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7836 struct value_print_options opts;
7837 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7838 char *msg;
7839
7840 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7841 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7842 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7843 readable). */
7844 if (opts.addressprint)
7845 {
7846 annotate_field (4);
7847 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7848 }
7849
7850 annotate_field (5);
7851 if (self->is_load)
7852 {
7853 if (self->regex)
7854 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7855 else
7856 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7857 }
7858 else
7859 {
7860 if (self->regex)
7861 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7862 else
7863 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7864 }
7865 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7866 xfree (msg);
7867
7868 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7869 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
7870 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7871 }
7872
7873 static void
7874 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7875 {
7876 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7877
7878 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7879 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7880 }
7881
7882 static void
7883 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7884 {
7885 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7886
7887 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7888 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7889 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7890 if (self->regex)
7891 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7892 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7893 }
7894
7895 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7896
7897 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7898 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7899 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7900 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7901 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7902 created in an enabled state. */
7903
7904 void
7905 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
7906 {
7907 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7908 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7909 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7910
7911 if (!arg)
7912 arg = "";
7913 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7914
7915 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7916 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7917
7918 if (*arg != '\0')
7919 {
7920 int errcode;
7921
7922 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7923 if (errcode != 0)
7924 {
7925 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7926
7927 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7928 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7929 }
7930 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7931 }
7932
7933 c->is_load = is_load;
7934 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
7935 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7936
7937 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7938
7939 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7940 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7941 }
7942
7943 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7944 "catch unload". */
7945
7946 static void
7947 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7948 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7949 {
7950 int tempflag;
7951 const int enabled = 1;
7952
7953 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7954
7955 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
7956 }
7957
7958 static void
7959 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7960 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7961 {
7962 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7963 }
7964
7965 static void
7966 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7967 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7968 {
7969 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
7970 }
7971
7972 DEF_VEC_I(int);
7973
7974 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7975 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7976 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7977 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7978 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7979
7980 struct syscall_catchpoint
7981 {
7982 /* The base class. */
7983 struct breakpoint base;
7984
7985 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7986 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7987 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7988 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7989 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
7990 };
7991
7992 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7993 catchpoints. */
7994
7995 static void
7996 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7997 {
7998 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7999
8000 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8001
8002 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8003 }
8004
8005 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8006
8007 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8008 {
8009 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8010 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8011 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8012
8013 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8014 int any_syscall_count;
8015
8016 /* Count of each system call. */
8017 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8018
8019 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8020 if any catching is necessary. */
8021 int total_syscalls_count;
8022 };
8023
8024 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8025 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8026 {
8027 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8028
8029 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8030 if (inf_data == NULL)
8031 {
8032 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8033 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8034 }
8035
8036 return inf_data;
8037 }
8038
8039 static void
8040 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8041 {
8042 xfree (arg);
8043 }
8044
8045
8046 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8047 catchpoints. */
8048
8049 static int
8050 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8051 {
8052 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8053 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8054 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8055 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8056
8057 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8058 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8059 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8060 else
8061 {
8062 int i, iter;
8063
8064 for (i = 0;
8065 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8066 i++)
8067 {
8068 int elem;
8069
8070 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8071 {
8072 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8073 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8074 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8075 uintptr_t vec_addr;
8076 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8077 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8078 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8079 + vec_addr_offset);
8080 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8081 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8082 }
8083 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8084 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8085 }
8086 }
8087
8088 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8089 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8090 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8091 VEC_length (int,
8092 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8093 VEC_address (int,
8094 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8095 }
8096
8097 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8098 catchpoints. */
8099
8100 static int
8101 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8102 {
8103 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8104 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8105 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8106 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8107
8108 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8109 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8110 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8111 else
8112 {
8113 int i, iter;
8114
8115 for (i = 0;
8116 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8117 i++)
8118 {
8119 int elem;
8120 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8121 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8122 continue;
8123 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8124 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8125 }
8126 }
8127
8128 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8129 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8130 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8131 VEC_length (int,
8132 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8133 VEC_address (int,
8134 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8135 }
8136
8137 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8138 catchpoints. */
8139
8140 static int
8141 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8142 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8143 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8144 {
8145 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8146 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8147 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8148 int syscall_number = 0;
8149 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8150 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8151
8152 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8153 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8154 return 0;
8155
8156 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8157
8158 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8159 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8160 {
8161 int i, iter;
8162
8163 for (i = 0;
8164 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8165 i++)
8166 if (syscall_number == iter)
8167 break;
8168 /* Not the same. */
8169 if (!iter)
8170 return 0;
8171 }
8172
8173 return 1;
8174 }
8175
8176 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8177 catchpoints. */
8178
8179 static enum print_stop_action
8180 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8181 {
8182 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8183 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8184 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8185 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8186 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8187 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8188 ptid_t ptid;
8189 struct target_waitstatus last;
8190 struct syscall s;
8191
8192 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8193
8194 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8195
8196 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8197
8198 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8199 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8200 else
8201 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8202 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8203 {
8204 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8205 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8206 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8207 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8208 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8209 }
8210 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8211
8212 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8213 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8214 else
8215 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8216
8217 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8218 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8219 if (s.name != NULL)
8220 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8221
8222 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8223
8224 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8225 }
8226
8227 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8228 catchpoints. */
8229
8230 static void
8231 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8232 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8233 {
8234 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8235 struct value_print_options opts;
8236 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8237
8238 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8239 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8240 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8241 readable). */
8242 if (opts.addressprint)
8243 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8244 annotate_field (5);
8245
8246 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8247 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8248 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8249 else
8250 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8251
8252 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8253 {
8254 int i, iter;
8255 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8256
8257 for (i = 0;
8258 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8259 i++)
8260 {
8261 char *x = text;
8262 struct syscall s;
8263 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8264
8265 if (s.name != NULL)
8266 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8267 else
8268 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8269
8270 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8271 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8272 on every call. */
8273 xfree (x);
8274 }
8275 /* Remove the last comma. */
8276 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8277 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8278 }
8279 else
8280 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8281 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8282
8283 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8284 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8285 }
8286
8287 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8288 catchpoints. */
8289
8290 static void
8291 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8292 {
8293 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8294
8295 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8296 {
8297 int i, iter;
8298
8299 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8300 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8301 else
8302 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8303
8304 for (i = 0;
8305 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8306 i++)
8307 {
8308 struct syscall s;
8309 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8310
8311 if (s.name)
8312 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8313 else
8314 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8315 }
8316 printf_filtered (")");
8317 }
8318 else
8319 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8320 b->number);
8321 }
8322
8323 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8324 catchpoints. */
8325
8326 static void
8327 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8328 {
8329 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8330
8331 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8332
8333 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8334 {
8335 int i, iter;
8336
8337 for (i = 0;
8338 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8339 i++)
8340 {
8341 struct syscall s;
8342
8343 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8344 if (s.name)
8345 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8346 else
8347 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8348 }
8349 }
8350 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8351 }
8352
8353 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8354
8355 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8356
8357 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8358
8359 static int
8360 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8361 {
8362 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8363 }
8364
8365 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8366 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8367 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8368 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8369
8370 void
8371 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8372 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8373 char *cond_string,
8374 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8375 {
8376 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8377
8378 init_sal (&sal);
8379 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8380
8381 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8382
8383 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8384 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8385 }
8386
8387 void
8388 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8389 {
8390 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8391 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8392 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8393 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8394 if (!internal)
8395 mention (b);
8396 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8397
8398 if (update_gll)
8399 update_global_location_list (1);
8400 }
8401
8402 static void
8403 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8404 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8405 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8406 {
8407 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8408
8409 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8410
8411 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8412
8413 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8414 }
8415
8416 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8417
8418 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8419 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8420 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8421 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8422 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8423
8424 struct exec_catchpoint
8425 {
8426 /* The base class. */
8427 struct breakpoint base;
8428
8429 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8430 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8431 triggered. */
8432 char *exec_pathname;
8433 };
8434
8435 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8436 catchpoints. */
8437
8438 static void
8439 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8440 {
8441 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8442
8443 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8444
8445 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8446 }
8447
8448 static int
8449 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8450 {
8451 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8452 }
8453
8454 static int
8455 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8456 {
8457 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8458 }
8459
8460 static int
8461 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8462 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8463 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8464 {
8465 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8466
8467 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8468 return 0;
8469
8470 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8471 return 1;
8472 }
8473
8474 static enum print_stop_action
8475 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8476 {
8477 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8478 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8479 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8480
8481 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8482 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8483 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8484 else
8485 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8486 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8487 {
8488 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8489 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8490 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8491 }
8492 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8493 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8494 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8495 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8496
8497 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8498 }
8499
8500 static void
8501 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8502 {
8503 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8504 struct value_print_options opts;
8505 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8506
8507 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8508
8509 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8510 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8511 is relatively readable). */
8512 if (opts.addressprint)
8513 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8514 annotate_field (5);
8515 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8516 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8517 {
8518 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8519 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8520 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8521 }
8522
8523 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8524 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8525 }
8526
8527 static void
8528 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8529 {
8530 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8531 }
8532
8533 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8534 catchpoints. */
8535
8536 static void
8537 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8538 {
8539 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8540 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8541 }
8542
8543 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8544
8545 static void
8546 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8547 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8548 {
8549 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8550 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8551
8552 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8553 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8554 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8555
8556 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8557 }
8558
8559 static int
8560 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8561 {
8562 int i = 0;
8563 struct breakpoint *b;
8564 struct bp_location *bl;
8565
8566 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8567 {
8568 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8569 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8570 {
8571 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8572 one register. */
8573 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8574 }
8575 }
8576
8577 return i;
8578 }
8579
8580 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8581 watchpoint. */
8582
8583 static int
8584 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8585 {
8586 int i = 0;
8587 struct bp_location *bl;
8588
8589 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8590 return 0;
8591
8592 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8593 {
8594 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8595 one register. */
8596 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8597 }
8598
8599 return i;
8600 }
8601
8602 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8603 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8604 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8605 types _not_ TYPE. */
8606
8607 static int
8608 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8609 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8610 {
8611 int i = 0;
8612 struct breakpoint *b;
8613
8614 *other_type_used = 0;
8615 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8616 {
8617 if (b == except)
8618 continue;
8619 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8620 continue;
8621
8622 if (b->type == type)
8623 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8624 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8625 *other_type_used = 1;
8626 }
8627
8628 return i;
8629 }
8630
8631 void
8632 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8633 {
8634 struct breakpoint *b;
8635
8636 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8637 {
8638 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8639 {
8640 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8641 update_global_location_list (0);
8642 }
8643 }
8644 }
8645
8646 void
8647 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8648 {
8649 struct breakpoint *b;
8650
8651 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8652 {
8653 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8654 {
8655 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8656 update_global_location_list (1);
8657 }
8658 }
8659 }
8660
8661 void
8662 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8663 {
8664 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8665 update_global_location_list (0);
8666 }
8667
8668 void
8669 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8670 {
8671 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8672 breakpoint_re_set ();
8673 }
8674
8675
8676 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8677 at address specified by SAL.
8678 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8679
8680 struct breakpoint *
8681 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8682 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8683 {
8684 struct breakpoint *b;
8685
8686 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8687 tail-called one. */
8688 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8689
8690 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8691 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8692 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8693 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8694
8695 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8696 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8697 control. */
8698 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8699 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8700
8701 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8702
8703 return b;
8704 }
8705
8706 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8707 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8708 breakpoint_ops. */
8709
8710 static struct breakpoint *
8711 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8712 enum bptype type,
8713 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8714 {
8715 struct breakpoint *copy;
8716
8717 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8718 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8719 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8720
8721 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8722 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8723 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8724 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8725 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8726 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8727
8728 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
8729 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
8730
8731 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8732 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8733 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8734 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8735
8736 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8737 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8738 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8739
8740 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8741 return copy;
8742 }
8743
8744 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8745 ORIG is NULL. */
8746
8747 struct breakpoint *
8748 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8749 {
8750 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8751 if (orig == NULL)
8752 return NULL;
8753
8754 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8755 }
8756
8757 struct breakpoint *
8758 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8759 enum bptype type)
8760 {
8761 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8762
8763 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8764 sal.pc = pc;
8765 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8766 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8767
8768 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8769 }
8770 \f
8771
8772 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8773
8774 static void
8775 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8776 {
8777 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8778 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8779 return;
8780 printf_filtered ("\n");
8781 }
8782 \f
8783
8784 static struct bp_location *
8785 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8786 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8787 {
8788 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8789 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8790 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8791
8792 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8793 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8794
8795 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8796 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8797 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8798 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8799 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8800 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8801 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8802 sal->pc, b->type);
8803
8804 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8805 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8806 ;
8807 *tmp = loc;
8808
8809 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8810 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8811 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8812 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8813 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8814 loc->section = sal->section;
8815 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8816
8817 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
8818 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
8819 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8820
8821 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8822 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8823 return loc;
8824 }
8825 \f
8826
8827 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8828 return 0 otherwise. */
8829
8830 static int
8831 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8832 {
8833 int len;
8834 CORE_ADDR addr;
8835 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8836 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8837 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8838 int retval = 0;
8839
8840 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8841
8842 addr = loc->address;
8843 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8844
8845 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8846 if (bpoint == NULL)
8847 return 0;
8848
8849 target_mem = alloca (len);
8850
8851 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8852 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8853 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8854 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8855
8856 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8857 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8858
8859 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8860 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8861 retval = 1;
8862
8863 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8864
8865 return retval;
8866 }
8867
8868 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8869 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8870
8871 static void
8872 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8873 {
8874 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8875 char *printf_line = NULL;
8876
8877 if (!dprintf_args)
8878 return;
8879
8880 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8881
8882 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8883 insist on it. */
8884 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8885 ++dprintf_args;
8886 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8887
8888 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8889 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8890
8891 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8892 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8893 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8894 {
8895 if (!dprintf_function)
8896 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8897
8898 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8899 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8900 dprintf_function,
8901 dprintf_channel,
8902 dprintf_args);
8903 else
8904 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8905 dprintf_function,
8906 dprintf_args);
8907 }
8908 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8909 {
8910 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8911 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8912 else
8913 {
8914 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8915 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8916 }
8917 }
8918 else
8919 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8920 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8921
8922 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8923 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8924 {
8925 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8926
8927 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
8928 {
8929 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8930 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8931 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8932 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8933 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8934 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8935 }
8936
8937 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8938 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8939 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8940 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8941 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8942 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8943
8944 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8945 }
8946 }
8947
8948 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8949 current style settings. */
8950
8951 static void
8952 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8953 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8954 {
8955 struct breakpoint *b;
8956
8957 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8958 {
8959 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8960 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8961 }
8962 }
8963
8964 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8965 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8966 as condition expression. */
8967
8968 static void
8969 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8970 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8971 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8972 char *extra_string,
8973 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8974 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8975 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8976 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8977 int display_canonical)
8978 {
8979 int i;
8980
8981 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8982 {
8983 int target_resources_ok;
8984
8985 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8986 target_resources_ok =
8987 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8988 i + 1, 0);
8989 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8990 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8991 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8992 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8993 }
8994
8995 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
8996
8997 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
8998 {
8999 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9000 struct bp_location *loc;
9001
9002 if (from_tty)
9003 {
9004 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9005 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9006 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9007
9008 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9009 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9010 }
9011
9012 if (i == 0)
9013 {
9014 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9015 b->thread = thread;
9016 b->task = task;
9017
9018 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9019 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9020 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9021 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9022 b->disposition = disposition;
9023
9024 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9025 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9026
9027 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9028 {
9029 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9030 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9031
9032 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9033 {
9034 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9035 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9036 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9037 char *endp;
9038 char *marker_str;
9039
9040 p = skip_spaces (p);
9041
9042 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9043
9044 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9045 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9046
9047 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9048 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9049 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9050 }
9051 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9052 {
9053 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9054 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9055
9056 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9057 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9058 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9059 }
9060 else
9061 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9062 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9063 }
9064
9065 loc = b->loc;
9066 }
9067 else
9068 {
9069 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9070 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9071 loc->inserted = 1;
9072 }
9073
9074 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9075 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9076
9077 if (b->cond_string)
9078 {
9079 char *arg = b->cond_string;
9080 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9081 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9082 if (*arg)
9083 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9084 }
9085
9086 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9087 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9088 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9089 {
9090 if (b->extra_string)
9091 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9092 else
9093 error (_("Format string required"));
9094 }
9095 else if (b->extra_string)
9096 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9097 }
9098
9099 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9100 if (addr_string)
9101 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9102 else
9103 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9104 me. */
9105 b->addr_string
9106 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9107 b->filter = filter;
9108 }
9109
9110 static void
9111 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9112 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9113 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9114 char *extra_string,
9115 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9116 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9117 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9118 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9119 int display_canonical)
9120 {
9121 struct breakpoint *b;
9122 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9123
9124 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9125 {
9126 struct tracepoint *t;
9127
9128 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9129 b = &t->base;
9130 }
9131 else
9132 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9133
9134 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9135
9136 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9137 sals, addr_string,
9138 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9139 type, disposition,
9140 thread, task, ignore_count,
9141 ops, from_tty,
9142 enabled, internal, flags,
9143 display_canonical);
9144 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9145
9146 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9147 }
9148
9149 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9150 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9151 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9152 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9153 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9154 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9155 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9156 we take just a single condition string.
9157
9158 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9159 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9160 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9161 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9162 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9163
9164 static void
9165 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9166 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9167 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9168 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9169 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9170 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9171 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9172 {
9173 int i;
9174 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9175
9176 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9177 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9178
9179 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9180 {
9181 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9182 'break', without arguments. */
9183 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9184 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9185 : NULL);
9186 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9187 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9188
9189 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9190 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9191 addr_string,
9192 filter_string,
9193 cond_string, extra_string,
9194 type, disposition,
9195 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9196 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9197 canonical->special_display);
9198 discard_cleanups (inner);
9199 }
9200 }
9201
9202 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9203 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9204 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9205 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9206
9207 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9208 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9209
9210 static void
9211 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9212 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9213 {
9214 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9215 breakpoint. */
9216 if ((*address) == NULL
9217 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9218 {
9219 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9220 address. */
9221 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9222 {
9223 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9224 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9225 CORE_ADDR pc;
9226
9227 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9228 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9229 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9230
9231 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9232 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9233 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9234 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9235 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9236 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9237 pc = sal.pc;
9238 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9239
9240 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9241 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9242 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9243 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9244 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9245 sal.pc = pc;
9246 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9247
9248 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9249 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9250 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9251
9252 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9253 }
9254 else
9255 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9256 }
9257 else
9258 {
9259 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9260
9261 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9262 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9263 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9264 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9265
9266 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9267 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9268 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9269 && (!cursal.symtab
9270 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9271 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9272 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9273 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9274 get_last_displayed_line (),
9275 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9276 else
9277 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9278 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9279 }
9280 }
9281
9282
9283 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9284 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9285
9286 static void
9287 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9288 {
9289 int i;
9290
9291 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9292 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9293 }
9294
9295 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9296 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9297 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9298 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9299 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9300 it, etc. */
9301
9302 static void
9303 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9304 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9305 {
9306 int i, rslt;
9307 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9308 char *msg;
9309 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9310
9311 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9312 {
9313 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9314
9315 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9316
9317 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9318 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9319 associated with SAL. */
9320 if (sarch == NULL)
9321 sarch = gdbarch;
9322 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9323 NULL, &msg);
9324 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9325
9326 if (!rslt)
9327 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9328 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9329
9330 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9331 }
9332 }
9333
9334 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9335
9336 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9337 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9338 {
9339 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9340 }
9341
9342 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9343 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9344 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9345 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9346 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9347 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9348
9349 static void
9350 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9351 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9352 char **rest)
9353 {
9354 *cond_string = NULL;
9355 *thread = -1;
9356 *task = 0;
9357 *rest = NULL;
9358
9359 while (tok && *tok)
9360 {
9361 char *end_tok;
9362 int toklen;
9363 char *cond_start = NULL;
9364 char *cond_end = NULL;
9365
9366 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
9367
9368 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9369 {
9370 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9371 return;
9372 }
9373
9374 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9375
9376 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9377
9378 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9379 {
9380 struct expression *expr;
9381
9382 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9383 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9384 xfree (expr);
9385 cond_end = tok;
9386 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9387 }
9388 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9389 {
9390 char *tmptok;
9391
9392 tok = end_tok + 1;
9393 tmptok = tok;
9394 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9395 if (tok == tmptok)
9396 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9397 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9398 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9399 }
9400 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9401 {
9402 char *tmptok;
9403
9404 tok = end_tok + 1;
9405 tmptok = tok;
9406 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
9407 if (tok == tmptok)
9408 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9409 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9410 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9411 }
9412 else if (rest)
9413 {
9414 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9415 return;
9416 }
9417 else
9418 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9419 }
9420 }
9421
9422 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9423
9424 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9425 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9426 {
9427 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9428 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9429 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9430 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9431 char *endp;
9432 char *marker_str;
9433 int i;
9434
9435 p = skip_spaces (p);
9436
9437 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9438
9439 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9440 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9441
9442 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9443 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9444 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9445
9446 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9447 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9448
9449 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9450 {
9451 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9452
9453 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9454
9455 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9456
9457 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9458 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9459
9460 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9461 }
9462
9463 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9464
9465 *arg_p = endp;
9466 return sals;
9467 }
9468
9469 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9470 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9471 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9472 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9473 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9474 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9475 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9476 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9477 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9478 false otherwise. */
9479
9480 int
9481 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9482 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9483 int thread, char *extra_string,
9484 int parse_condition_and_thread,
9485 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9486 int ignore_count,
9487 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9488 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9489 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9490 unsigned flags)
9491 {
9492 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9493 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9494 char *addr_start = arg;
9495 struct linespec_result canonical;
9496 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9497 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9498 int pending = 0;
9499 int task = 0;
9500 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9501
9502 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9503
9504 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9505
9506 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9507 {
9508 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9509 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9510 }
9511
9512 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9513 switch (e.reason)
9514 {
9515 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9516 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9517 return 0;
9518 break;
9519 case RETURN_ERROR:
9520 switch (e.error)
9521 {
9522 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9523
9524 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9525 error. */
9526
9527 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9528 throw_exception (e);
9529
9530 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9531
9532 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9533 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9534 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9535 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9536 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9537 return 0;
9538
9539 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9540 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9541 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9542 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9543 {
9544 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9545
9546 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9547 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9548 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9549 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9550 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9551 pending = 1;
9552 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9553 }
9554 break;
9555 default:
9556 throw_exception (e);
9557 }
9558 break;
9559 default:
9560 throw_exception (e);
9561 }
9562
9563 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9564 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9565
9566 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9567 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9568 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9569 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9570 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9571
9572 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9573 are ok for the target. */
9574 if (!pending)
9575 {
9576 int ix;
9577 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9578
9579 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9580 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9581 }
9582
9583 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9584 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9585 {
9586 int ix;
9587 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9588
9589 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9590 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9591 }
9592
9593 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9594 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9595 breakpoint. */
9596 if (!pending)
9597 {
9598 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9599
9600 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9601
9602 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9603 {
9604 char *rest;
9605 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9606 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9607 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9608 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9609
9610 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9611 &thread, &task, &rest);
9612 if (cond_string)
9613 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9614 if (rest)
9615 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9616 if (rest)
9617 extra_string = rest;
9618 }
9619 else
9620 {
9621 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9622 if (cond_string)
9623 {
9624 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9625 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9626 }
9627 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9628 if (extra_string)
9629 {
9630 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9631 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9632 }
9633 }
9634
9635 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9636 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9637 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9638 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9639 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9640 }
9641 else
9642 {
9643 struct breakpoint *b;
9644
9645 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9646
9647 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9648 {
9649 struct tracepoint *t;
9650
9651 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9652 b = &t->base;
9653 }
9654 else
9655 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9656
9657 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9658
9659 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9660 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9661 b->cond_string = NULL;
9662 else
9663 {
9664 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9665 if (cond_string)
9666 {
9667 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9668 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9669 }
9670 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9671 }
9672 b->extra_string = NULL;
9673 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9674 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9675 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9676 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9677 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9678 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9679 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9680
9681 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9682 }
9683
9684 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9685 {
9686 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9687 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9688 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9689 }
9690
9691 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9692 breakpoint. */
9693 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9694 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9695 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9696
9697 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9698 update_global_location_list (1);
9699
9700 return 1;
9701 }
9702
9703 /* Set a breakpoint.
9704 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9705 condition, and thread.
9706 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9707 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9708 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9709
9710 static void
9711 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9712 {
9713 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9714 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9715 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9716 : bp_breakpoint);
9717 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9718 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9719
9720 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9721 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9722 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9723 else
9724 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9725
9726 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9727 arg,
9728 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9729 tempflag, type_wanted,
9730 0 /* Ignore count */,
9731 pending_break_support,
9732 ops,
9733 from_tty,
9734 1 /* enabled */,
9735 0 /* internal */,
9736 0);
9737 }
9738
9739 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9740
9741 void
9742 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9743 {
9744 CORE_ADDR pc;
9745
9746 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9747 {
9748 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9749 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9750 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
9751 sal->pc = pc;
9752
9753 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9754 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9755 if (sal->explicit_line)
9756 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9757 }
9758
9759 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9760 {
9761 struct blockvector *bv;
9762 struct block *b;
9763 struct symbol *sym;
9764
9765 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9766 if (bv != NULL)
9767 {
9768 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9769 if (sym != NULL)
9770 {
9771 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9772 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
9773 }
9774 else
9775 {
9776 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9777 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9778 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9779 happen in assembly source). */
9780
9781 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
9782 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9783
9784 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9785
9786 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9787 if (msym)
9788 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
9789
9790 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9791 }
9792 }
9793 }
9794 }
9795
9796 void
9797 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9798 {
9799 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9800 }
9801
9802 void
9803 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9804 {
9805 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9806 }
9807
9808 static void
9809 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9810 {
9811 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9812 }
9813
9814 static void
9815 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9816 {
9817 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9818 }
9819
9820 static void
9821 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9822 {
9823 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9824 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9825 stop at <line>\n"));
9826 }
9827
9828 static void
9829 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9830 {
9831 int badInput = 0;
9832
9833 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9834 badInput = 1;
9835 else if (*arg != '*')
9836 {
9837 char *argptr = arg;
9838 int hasColon = 0;
9839
9840 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9841 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9842 function/method name. */
9843 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9844 {
9845 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9846 argptr++;
9847 }
9848
9849 if (hasColon)
9850 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9851 else
9852 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9853 }
9854
9855 if (badInput)
9856 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9857 else
9858 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9859 }
9860
9861 static void
9862 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9863 {
9864 int badInput = 0;
9865
9866 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9867 badInput = 1;
9868 else
9869 {
9870 char *argptr = arg;
9871 int hasColon = 0;
9872
9873 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9874 it is probably a line number. */
9875 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9876 {
9877 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9878 argptr++;
9879 }
9880
9881 if (hasColon)
9882 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9883 else
9884 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9885 }
9886
9887 if (badInput)
9888 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9889 else
9890 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9891 }
9892
9893 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9894 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9895 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9896 line. */
9897
9898 static void
9899 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9900 {
9901 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9902 arg,
9903 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9904 0, bp_dprintf,
9905 0 /* Ignore count */,
9906 pending_break_support,
9907 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9908 from_tty,
9909 1 /* enabled */,
9910 0 /* internal */,
9911 0);
9912 }
9913
9914 static void
9915 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9916 {
9917 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9918 }
9919
9920 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9921 ranged breakpoints. */
9922
9923 static int
9924 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9925 struct address_space *aspace,
9926 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9927 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9928 {
9929 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9930 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9931 return 0;
9932
9933 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9934 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9935 }
9936
9937 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9938 ranged breakpoints. */
9939
9940 static int
9941 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9942 {
9943 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9944 }
9945
9946 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9947 ranged breakpoints. */
9948
9949 static enum print_stop_action
9950 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9951 {
9952 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9953 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9954 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9955
9956 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9957
9958 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9959 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9960
9961 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9962 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9963 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9964 else
9965 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9966 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9967 {
9968 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9969 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9970 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9971 }
9972 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9973 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
9974
9975 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9976 }
9977
9978 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9979 ranged breakpoints. */
9980
9981 static void
9982 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9983 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9984 {
9985 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9986 struct value_print_options opts;
9987 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9988
9989 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9990 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9991
9992 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9993
9994 if (opts.addressprint)
9995 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9996 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9997 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
9998 annotate_field (5);
9999 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10000 *last_loc = bl;
10001 }
10002
10003 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10004 ranged breakpoints. */
10005
10006 static void
10007 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10008 struct ui_out *uiout)
10009 {
10010 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10011 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10012 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10013 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10014
10015 gdb_assert (bl);
10016
10017 address_start = bl->address;
10018 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10019
10020 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10021 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10022 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10023 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10024 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10025 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10026
10027 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10028 }
10029
10030 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10031 ranged breakpoints. */
10032
10033 static void
10034 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10035 {
10036 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10037 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10038
10039 gdb_assert (bl);
10040 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10041
10042 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10043 return;
10044
10045 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10046 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10047 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10048 }
10049
10050 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10051 ranged breakpoints. */
10052
10053 static void
10054 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10055 {
10056 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10057 b->addr_string_range_end);
10058 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10059 }
10060
10061 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10062
10063 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10064
10065 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10066 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10067 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10068 last instruction of the given line. */
10069
10070 static CORE_ADDR
10071 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10072 {
10073 CORE_ADDR end;
10074
10075 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10076 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10077 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10078 end = sal.pc;
10079 else
10080 {
10081 int ret;
10082 CORE_ADDR start;
10083
10084 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10085 if (!ret)
10086 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10087
10088 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10089 end--;
10090 }
10091
10092 return end;
10093 }
10094
10095 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10096
10097 static void
10098 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10099 {
10100 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10101 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10102 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10103 CORE_ADDR end;
10104 struct breakpoint *b;
10105 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10106 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10107 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10108
10109 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10110 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10111 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10112
10113 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10114 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10115 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10116 bp_count, 0);
10117 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10118 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10119
10120 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10121 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10122 error(_("No address range specified."));
10123
10124 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10125
10126 arg_start = arg;
10127 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10128
10129 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10130
10131 if (arg[0] != ',')
10132 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10133 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10134 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10135
10136 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10137
10138 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10139 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10140 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10141
10142 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10143 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10144 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10145
10146 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10147 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10148
10149 /* Parse the end location. */
10150
10151 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10152 arg_start = arg;
10153
10154 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10155 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10156 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10157 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10158 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10159 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10160 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10161 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10162
10163 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10164
10165 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10166 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10167
10168 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10169 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10170 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10171 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10172
10173 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10174 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10175 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10176
10177 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10178 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10179 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10180
10181 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10182 if (length < 0)
10183 /* Length overflowed. */
10184 error (_("Address range too large."));
10185 else if (length == 1)
10186 {
10187 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10188 the `hbreak' command. */
10189 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10190
10191 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10192
10193 return;
10194 }
10195
10196 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10197 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10198 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10199 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10200 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10201 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10202 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10203 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10204 b->loc->length = length;
10205
10206 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10207
10208 mention (b);
10209 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10210 update_global_location_list (1);
10211 }
10212
10213 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10214 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10215 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10216 zero. */
10217
10218 static int
10219 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10220 {
10221 int i = exp->nelts;
10222
10223 while (i > 0)
10224 {
10225 int oplenp, argsp;
10226
10227 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10228 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10229 i -= oplenp;
10230
10231 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10232 {
10233 case BINOP_ADD:
10234 case BINOP_SUB:
10235 case BINOP_MUL:
10236 case BINOP_DIV:
10237 case BINOP_REM:
10238 case BINOP_MOD:
10239 case BINOP_LSH:
10240 case BINOP_RSH:
10241 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10242 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10243 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10244 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10245 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10246 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10247 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10248 case BINOP_LESS:
10249 case BINOP_GTR:
10250 case BINOP_LEQ:
10251 case BINOP_GEQ:
10252 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10253 case BINOP_COMMA:
10254 case BINOP_EXP:
10255 case BINOP_MIN:
10256 case BINOP_MAX:
10257 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10258 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10259 case BINOP_IN:
10260 case BINOP_RANGE:
10261 case TERNOP_COND:
10262 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10263
10264 case OP_LONG:
10265 case OP_DOUBLE:
10266 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10267 case OP_LAST:
10268 case OP_COMPLEX:
10269 case OP_STRING:
10270 case OP_ARRAY:
10271 case OP_TYPE:
10272 case OP_TYPEOF:
10273 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10274 case OP_NAME:
10275 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10276
10277 case UNOP_NEG:
10278 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10279 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10280 case UNOP_ADDR:
10281 case UNOP_HIGH:
10282 case UNOP_CAST:
10283
10284 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10285 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10286 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10287 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10288 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10289 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10290 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10291
10292 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10293 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10294 ADDR is. */
10295 break;
10296
10297 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10298 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10299
10300 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10301 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10302 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10303 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10304
10305 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10306 are always constant. */
10307 {
10308 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10309
10310 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10311 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10312 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10313 return 0;
10314 break;
10315 }
10316
10317 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10318 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10319 then it is not a constant. */
10320 default:
10321 return 0;
10322 }
10323 }
10324
10325 return 1;
10326 }
10327
10328 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10329
10330 static void
10331 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10332 {
10333 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10334
10335 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10336 xfree (w->exp);
10337 xfree (w->exp_string);
10338 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10339 value_free (w->val);
10340
10341 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10342 }
10343
10344 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10345
10346 static void
10347 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10348 {
10349 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10350
10351 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10352 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10353
10354 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10355 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10356 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10357 are loaded and unloaded.
10358
10359 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10360 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10361 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10362 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10363 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10364 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10365
10366 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10367 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10368 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10369 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10370
10371 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10372 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10373
10374 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10375 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10376 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10377 }
10378
10379 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10380
10381 static int
10382 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10383 {
10384 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10385 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10386
10387 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10388 w->cond_exp);
10389 }
10390
10391 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10392
10393 static int
10394 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10395 {
10396 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10397 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10398
10399 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10400 w->cond_exp);
10401 }
10402
10403 static int
10404 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10405 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10406 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10407 {
10408 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10409 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10410
10411 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10412 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10413 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10414 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10415 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10416 (did not match the data address). */
10417 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10418 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10419 return 0;
10420
10421 return 1;
10422 }
10423
10424 static void
10425 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10426 {
10427 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10428
10429 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10430 }
10431
10432 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10433 hardware watchpoints. */
10434
10435 static int
10436 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10437 {
10438 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10439 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10440
10441 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10442 }
10443
10444 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10445 hardware watchpoints. */
10446
10447 static int
10448 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10449 {
10450 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10451 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10452 }
10453
10454 static enum print_stop_action
10455 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10456 {
10457 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10458 struct breakpoint *b;
10459 const struct bp_location *bl;
10460 struct ui_file *stb;
10461 enum print_stop_action result;
10462 struct watchpoint *w;
10463 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10464
10465 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10466
10467 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
10468 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10469 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10470
10471 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10472 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10473
10474 switch (b->type)
10475 {
10476 case bp_watchpoint:
10477 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10478 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10479 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10480 ui_out_field_string
10481 (uiout, "reason",
10482 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10483 mention (b);
10484 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10485 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10486 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10487 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10488 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10489 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10490 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10491 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10492 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10493 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10494 break;
10495
10496 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10497 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10498 ui_out_field_string
10499 (uiout, "reason",
10500 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10501 mention (b);
10502 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10503 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10504 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10505 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10506 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10507 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10508 break;
10509
10510 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10511 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10512 {
10513 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10514 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10515 ui_out_field_string
10516 (uiout, "reason",
10517 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10518 mention (b);
10519 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10520 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10521 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10522 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10523 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10524 }
10525 else
10526 {
10527 mention (b);
10528 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10529 ui_out_field_string
10530 (uiout, "reason",
10531 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10532 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10533 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10534 }
10535 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10536 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10537 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10538 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10539 break;
10540 default:
10541 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10542 }
10543
10544 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10545 return result;
10546 }
10547
10548 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10549 watchpoints. */
10550
10551 static void
10552 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10553 {
10554 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10555 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10556 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10557
10558 switch (b->type)
10559 {
10560 case bp_watchpoint:
10561 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10562 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10563 break;
10564 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10565 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10566 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10567 break;
10568 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10569 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10570 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10571 break;
10572 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10573 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10574 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10575 break;
10576 default:
10577 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10578 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10579 }
10580
10581 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10582 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10583 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10584 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10585 }
10586
10587 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10588 watchpoints. */
10589
10590 static void
10591 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10592 {
10593 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10594
10595 switch (b->type)
10596 {
10597 case bp_watchpoint:
10598 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10599 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10600 break;
10601 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10602 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10603 break;
10604 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10605 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10606 break;
10607 default:
10608 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10609 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10610 }
10611
10612 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10613 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10614 }
10615
10616 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10617
10618 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10619
10620 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10621 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10622
10623 static int
10624 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10625 {
10626 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10627
10628 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10629 bl->watchpoint_type);
10630 }
10631
10632 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10633 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10634
10635 static int
10636 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10637 {
10638 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10639
10640 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10641 bl->watchpoint_type);
10642 }
10643
10644 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10645 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10646
10647 static int
10648 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10649 {
10650 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10651
10652 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10653 }
10654
10655 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10656 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10657
10658 static int
10659 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10660 {
10661 return 0;
10662 }
10663
10664 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10665 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10666
10667 static enum print_stop_action
10668 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10669 {
10670 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10671 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10672
10673 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10674 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10675
10676 switch (b->type)
10677 {
10678 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10679 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10680 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10681 ui_out_field_string
10682 (uiout, "reason",
10683 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10684 break;
10685
10686 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10687 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10688 ui_out_field_string
10689 (uiout, "reason",
10690 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10691 break;
10692
10693 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10694 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10695 ui_out_field_string
10696 (uiout, "reason",
10697 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10698 break;
10699 default:
10700 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10701 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10702 }
10703
10704 mention (b);
10705 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10706 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10707 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10708 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10709
10710 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10711 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10712 }
10713
10714 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10715 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10716
10717 static void
10718 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10719 struct ui_out *uiout)
10720 {
10721 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10722
10723 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10724 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10725
10726 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10727 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10728 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10729 }
10730
10731 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10732 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10733
10734 static void
10735 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10736 {
10737 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10738 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10739 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10740
10741 switch (b->type)
10742 {
10743 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10744 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10745 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10746 break;
10747 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10748 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10749 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10750 break;
10751 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10752 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10753 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10754 break;
10755 default:
10756 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10757 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10758 }
10759
10760 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10761 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10762 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10763 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10764 }
10765
10766 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10767 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10768
10769 static void
10770 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10771 {
10772 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10773 char tmp[40];
10774
10775 switch (b->type)
10776 {
10777 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10778 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10779 break;
10780 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10781 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10782 break;
10783 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10784 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10785 break;
10786 default:
10787 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10788 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10789 }
10790
10791 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10792 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10793 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10794 }
10795
10796 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10797
10798 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10799
10800 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10801
10802 static int
10803 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10804 {
10805 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10806 }
10807
10808 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10809 hw_read: watch read,
10810 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10811 static void
10812 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10813 int just_location, int internal)
10814 {
10815 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10816 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10817 struct expression *exp;
10818 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10819 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10820 struct frame_info *frame;
10821 char *exp_start = NULL;
10822 char *exp_end = NULL;
10823 char *tok, *end_tok;
10824 int toklen = -1;
10825 char *cond_start = NULL;
10826 char *cond_end = NULL;
10827 enum bptype bp_type;
10828 int thread = -1;
10829 int pc = 0;
10830 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10831 the hardware watchpoint. */
10832 int use_mask = 0;
10833 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10834 struct watchpoint *w;
10835
10836 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10837 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10838 {
10839 char *value_start;
10840
10841 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10842 of the arguments string. */
10843 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10844 {
10845 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10846 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10847 tok--;
10848
10849 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10850 This is the value of the parameter. */
10851 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10852 tok--;
10853 value_start = tok + 1;
10854
10855 /* Skip whitespace. */
10856 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10857 tok--;
10858
10859 end_tok = tok;
10860
10861 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10862 This is the parameter itself. */
10863 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10864 tok--;
10865 tok++;
10866 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10867
10868 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10869 {
10870 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10871 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10872 only in a specific thread. */
10873 char *endp;
10874
10875 if (thread != -1)
10876 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10877
10878 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10879 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10880
10881 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10882 thread ID. */
10883 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10884 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10885
10886 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10887 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10888 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
10889 }
10890 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10891 {
10892 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10893 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10894 facility. */
10895 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10896
10897 if (use_mask)
10898 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10899
10900 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10901
10902 mark = value_mark ();
10903 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10904 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10905 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10906 }
10907 else
10908 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10909 break;
10910
10911 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10912 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10913 *tok = '\0';
10914 }
10915 }
10916
10917 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10918 innermost_block = NULL;
10919 exp_start = arg;
10920 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10921 exp_end = arg;
10922 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10923 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10924 prettier. */
10925 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10926 --exp_end;
10927
10928 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10929 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10930 {
10931 int len;
10932
10933 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10934 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10935 len--;
10936 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10937 }
10938
10939 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10940 mark = value_mark ();
10941 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10942
10943 if (just_location)
10944 {
10945 int ret;
10946
10947 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10948 val = value_addr (result);
10949 release_value (val);
10950 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10951
10952 if (use_mask)
10953 {
10954 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10955 mask);
10956 if (ret == -1)
10957 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10958 else if (ret == -2)
10959 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10960 }
10961 }
10962 else if (val != NULL)
10963 release_value (val);
10964
10965 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10966 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10967
10968 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10969 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10970 {
10971 struct expression *cond;
10972
10973 innermost_block = NULL;
10974 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10975 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
10976
10977 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10978 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10979 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10980
10981 xfree (cond);
10982 cond_end = tok;
10983 }
10984 if (*tok)
10985 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10986
10987 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10988 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10989 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10990 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10991 else
10992 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10993
10994 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10995
10996 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10997 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10998 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10999 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11000 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11001 {
11002 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11003 {
11004 scope_breakpoint
11005 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11006 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11007 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11008 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11009
11010 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11011
11012 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11013 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11014
11015 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11016 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11017
11018 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11019 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11020 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11021 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11022 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11023 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11024 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11025 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11026 scope_breakpoint->type);
11027 }
11028 }
11029
11030 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11031
11032 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11033 b = &w->base;
11034 if (use_mask)
11035 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11036 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11037 else
11038 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11039 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11040 b->thread = thread;
11041 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11042 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11043 w->exp = exp;
11044 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11045 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11046 if (just_location)
11047 {
11048 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11049 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11050 char *name;
11051
11052 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11053 name = type_to_string (t);
11054
11055 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11056 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11057 xfree (name);
11058
11059 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11060 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11061
11062 /* The above expression is in C. */
11063 b->language = language_c;
11064 }
11065 else
11066 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11067
11068 if (use_mask)
11069 {
11070 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11071 }
11072 else
11073 {
11074 w->val = val;
11075 w->val_valid = 1;
11076 }
11077
11078 if (cond_start)
11079 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11080 else
11081 b->cond_string = 0;
11082
11083 if (frame)
11084 {
11085 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11086 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11087 }
11088 else
11089 {
11090 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11091 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11092 }
11093
11094 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11095 {
11096 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11097 need to act on them together. */
11098 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11099 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11100 }
11101
11102 if (!just_location)
11103 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11104
11105 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11106 {
11107 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11108 that should be inserted. */
11109 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11110 }
11111 if (e.reason < 0)
11112 {
11113 delete_breakpoint (b);
11114 throw_exception (e);
11115 }
11116
11117 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11118 }
11119
11120 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11121 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11122
11123 static int
11124 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11125 {
11126 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11127 struct value *head = v;
11128
11129 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11130 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11131 return 0;
11132
11133 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11134 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11135 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11136 hardware watchpoint.
11137
11138 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11139 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11140 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11141 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11142 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11143 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11144 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11145 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11146 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11147
11148 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11149 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11150 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11151 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11152 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11153 {
11154 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11155 {
11156 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11157 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11158 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11159 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11160 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11161 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11162 ;
11163 else
11164 {
11165 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11166 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11167 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11168
11169 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11170 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11171 middle of some value chain. */
11172 if (v == head
11173 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11174 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11175 {
11176 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11177 int len;
11178 int num_regs;
11179
11180 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11181 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11182 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11183
11184 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11185 if (!num_regs)
11186 return 0;
11187 else
11188 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11189 }
11190 }
11191 }
11192 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11193 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11194 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11195 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11196 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11197 }
11198
11199 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11200 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11201 return found_memory_cnt;
11202 }
11203
11204 void
11205 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11206 {
11207 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11208 }
11209
11210 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11211 calls watch_command_1. */
11212
11213 static void
11214 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11215 {
11216 int just_location = 0;
11217
11218 if (arg
11219 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11220 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11221 {
11222 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11223 just_location = 1;
11224 }
11225
11226 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11227 }
11228
11229 static void
11230 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11231 {
11232 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11233 }
11234
11235 void
11236 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11237 {
11238 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11239 }
11240
11241 static void
11242 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11243 {
11244 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11245 }
11246
11247 void
11248 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11249 {
11250 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11251 }
11252
11253 static void
11254 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11255 {
11256 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11257 }
11258 \f
11259
11260 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11261 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11262
11263 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11264 {
11265 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11266 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11267 int thread_num;
11268 };
11269
11270 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11271 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11272 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11273 command. */
11274 static void
11275 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11276 {
11277 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11278
11279 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11280 if (a->breakpoint2)
11281 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11282 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11283 }
11284
11285 void
11286 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11287 {
11288 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11289 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11290 struct frame_info *frame;
11291 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11292 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11293 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11294 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11295 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11296 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11297 int thread;
11298 struct thread_info *tp;
11299
11300 clear_proceed_status ();
11301
11302 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11303 this function. */
11304
11305 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11306 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11307 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11308 get_last_displayed_line ());
11309 else
11310 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11311 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11312
11313 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11314 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11315
11316 sal = sals.sals[0];
11317 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11318
11319 if (*arg)
11320 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11321
11322 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11323
11324 tp = inferior_thread ();
11325 thread = tp->num;
11326
11327 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11328
11329 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11330 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11331 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11332 that. */
11333
11334 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11335 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11336 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11337 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11338
11339 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11340 one. */
11341
11342 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11343 {
11344 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11345
11346 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11347 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11348 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11349 sal2,
11350 caller_frame_id,
11351 bp_until);
11352 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11353
11354 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11355 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11356 }
11357
11358 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11359 frame = NULL;
11360
11361 if (anywhere)
11362 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11363 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11364 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11365 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11366 else
11367 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11368 only at the very same frame. */
11369 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11370 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11371 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11372
11373 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11374
11375 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11376 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11377 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11378 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11379
11380 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11381 {
11382 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11383 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11384
11385 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11386 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11387 args->thread_num = thread;
11388
11389 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11390 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11391 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11392 xfree);
11393 }
11394 else
11395 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11396 }
11397
11398 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11399 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11400
11401 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11402 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11403 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11404 if clause in the arg string. */
11405
11406 static char *
11407 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11408 {
11409 char *cond_string;
11410
11411 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11412 return NULL;
11413
11414 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11415 (*arg) += 2;
11416
11417 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11418 condition string. */
11419 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11420 cond_string = *arg;
11421
11422 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11423 string. */
11424 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11425
11426 return cond_string;
11427 }
11428
11429 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11430 process start/exit, etc. */
11431
11432 typedef enum
11433 {
11434 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11435 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11436 }
11437 catch_fork_kind;
11438
11439 static void
11440 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11441 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11442 {
11443 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11444 char *cond_string = NULL;
11445 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11446 int tempflag;
11447
11448 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11449 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11450 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11451
11452 if (!arg)
11453 arg = "";
11454 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11455
11456 /* The allowed syntax is:
11457 catch [v]fork
11458 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11459
11460 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11461 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11462
11463 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11464 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11465
11466 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11467 and enable reporting of such events. */
11468 switch (fork_kind)
11469 {
11470 case catch_fork_temporary:
11471 case catch_fork_permanent:
11472 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11473 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11474 break;
11475 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11476 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11477 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11478 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11479 break;
11480 default:
11481 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11482 break;
11483 }
11484 }
11485
11486 static void
11487 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11488 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11489 {
11490 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11491 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11492 int tempflag;
11493 char *cond_string = NULL;
11494
11495 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11496
11497 if (!arg)
11498 arg = "";
11499 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11500
11501 /* The allowed syntax is:
11502 catch exec
11503 catch exec if <cond>
11504
11505 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11506 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11507
11508 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11509 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11510
11511 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11512 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11513 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11514 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11515
11516 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11517 }
11518
11519 static enum print_stop_action
11520 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
11521 {
11522 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11523 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11524 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
11525
11526 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
11527
11528 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11529 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
11530 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
11531 b->loc->address,
11532 b->number, 1);
11533 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11534 ui_out_text (uiout,
11535 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
11536 : "Catchpoint ");
11537 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11538 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11539 ui_out_text (uiout,
11540 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
11541 : " (exception caught), ");
11542 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11543 {
11544 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11545 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11546 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11547 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11548 }
11549 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11550 }
11551
11552 static void
11553 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11554 struct bp_location **last_loc)
11555 {
11556 struct value_print_options opts;
11557 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11558
11559 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11560 if (opts.addressprint)
11561 {
11562 annotate_field (4);
11563 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11564 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11565 else
11566 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
11567 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
11568 }
11569 annotate_field (5);
11570 if (b->loc)
11571 *last_loc = b->loc;
11572 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
11573 {
11574 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
11575 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11576 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "throw");
11577 }
11578 else
11579 {
11580 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
11581 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11582 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "catch");
11583 }
11584 }
11585
11586 static void
11587 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11588 {
11589 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11590 int bp_temp;
11591 int bp_throw;
11592
11593 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11594 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11595 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11596 : _("Catchpoint "));
11597 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11598 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
11599 : _(" (catch)"));
11600 }
11601
11602 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11603 catch catchpoints. */
11604
11605 static void
11606 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11607 struct ui_file *fp)
11608 {
11609 int bp_temp;
11610 int bp_throw;
11611
11612 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11613 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11614 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11615 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
11616 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11617 }
11618
11619 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
11620
11621 static int
11622 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
11623 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
11624 {
11625 char *trigger_func_name;
11626
11627 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11628 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
11629 else
11630 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
11631
11632 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11633 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, NULL,
11634 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11635 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
11636 0,
11637 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
11638 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
11639 1 /* enabled */,
11640 0 /* internal */,
11641 0);
11642
11643 return 1;
11644 }
11645
11646 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11647
11648 static void
11649 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
11650 int tempflag, int from_tty)
11651 {
11652 char *cond_string = NULL;
11653
11654 if (!arg)
11655 arg = "";
11656 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11657
11658 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11659
11660 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11661 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11662
11663 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
11664 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11665 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11666
11667 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
11668 return;
11669
11670 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11671 }
11672
11673 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11674
11675 static void
11676 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11677 {
11678 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11679
11680 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11681 }
11682
11683 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11684
11685 static void
11686 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11687 {
11688 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11689
11690 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11691 }
11692
11693 void
11694 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11695 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11696 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11697 char *addr_string,
11698 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11699 int tempflag,
11700 int from_tty)
11701 {
11702 if (from_tty)
11703 {
11704 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11705 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11706 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11707
11708 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11709 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11710 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11711 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11712 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11713 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11714 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11715 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11716 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11717 enough for now, though. */
11718 }
11719
11720 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11721
11722 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11723 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11724 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11725 b->language = language_ada;
11726 }
11727
11728 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11729 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11730 static VEC(int) *
11731 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11732 {
11733 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11734 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11735
11736 while (*arg != '\0')
11737 {
11738 int i, syscall_number;
11739 char *endptr;
11740 char cur_name[128];
11741 struct syscall s;
11742
11743 /* Skip whitespace. */
11744 while (isspace (*arg))
11745 arg++;
11746
11747 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11748 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11749 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11750 arg += i;
11751
11752 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11753 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11754 if (*endptr == '\0')
11755 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11756 else
11757 {
11758 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11759 to a number. */
11760 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11761
11762 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11763 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11764 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11765 syscall number to be caught. */
11766 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11767 }
11768
11769 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11770 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11771 }
11772
11773 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11774 return result;
11775 }
11776
11777 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11778
11779 static void
11780 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11781 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11782 {
11783 int tempflag;
11784 VEC(int) *filter;
11785 struct syscall s;
11786 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11787
11788 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11789 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11790 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11791 this architecture yet."));
11792
11793 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11794
11795 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11796
11797 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11798 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11799 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11800 for his/her architecture. */
11801 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11802
11803 /* The allowed syntax is:
11804 catch syscall
11805 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11806
11807 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11808
11809 if (arg != NULL)
11810 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11811 else
11812 filter = NULL;
11813
11814 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11815 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11816 }
11817
11818 static void
11819 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11820 {
11821 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11822 }
11823 \f
11824
11825 static void
11826 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11827 {
11828 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11829 }
11830
11831 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11832
11833 static int
11834 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11835 {
11836 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11837 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11838 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11839 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11840
11841 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11842 return -1;
11843 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11844 return 1;
11845
11846 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11847 the number 0. */
11848 if (ua < ub)
11849 return -1;
11850 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11851 }
11852
11853 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11854
11855 static void
11856 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11857 {
11858 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11859 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11860 int ix;
11861 int default_match;
11862 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11863 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11864 int i;
11865 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11866
11867 if (arg)
11868 {
11869 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11870 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11871 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11872 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11873 default_match = 0;
11874 }
11875 else
11876 {
11877 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11878 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11879 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11880 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11881
11882 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11883 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11884 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11885 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11886 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11887 error (_("No source file specified."));
11888
11889 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11890 sals.nelts = 1;
11891
11892 default_match = 1;
11893 }
11894
11895 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11896 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11897 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11898 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11899
11900 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11901 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11902 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11903 due to optimization, all in one block.
11904
11905 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11906 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11907 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11908 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11909 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11910 to support that. */
11911
11912 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11913 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11914 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11915 breakpoint. */
11916
11917 found = NULL;
11918 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11919 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11920 {
11921 int is_abs;
11922
11923 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11924 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11925 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11926 or at default pc.
11927
11928 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11929
11930 0 1 pc
11931 1 1 pc _and_ line
11932 0 0 line
11933 1 0 <can't happen> */
11934
11935 sal = sals.sals[i];
11936 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
11937
11938 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11939 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11940 {
11941 int match = 0;
11942 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11943 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11944 {
11945 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11946 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11947 {
11948 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11949 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11950 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11951 && sal.pc
11952 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11953 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11954 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11955 || loc->section == sal.section));
11956 int line_match = 0;
11957
11958 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11959 && loc->source_file != NULL
11960 && sal.symtab != NULL
11961 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11962 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
11963 {
11964 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
11965 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
11966 line_match = 1;
11967 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
11968 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
11969 sal.symtab->filename))
11970 line_match = 1;
11971 }
11972
11973 if (pc_match || line_match)
11974 {
11975 match = 1;
11976 break;
11977 }
11978 }
11979 }
11980
11981 if (match)
11982 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11983 }
11984 }
11985
11986 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11987 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11988 {
11989 if (arg)
11990 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11991 else
11992 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11993 }
11994
11995 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11996 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11997 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11998 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11999 compare_breakpoints);
12000 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12001 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12002 {
12003 if (b == prev)
12004 {
12005 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12006 --ix;
12007 }
12008 }
12009
12010 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12011 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12012 if (from_tty)
12013 {
12014 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12015 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12016 else
12017 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12018 }
12019 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
12020
12021 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12022 {
12023 if (from_tty)
12024 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12025 delete_breakpoint (b);
12026 }
12027 if (from_tty)
12028 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12029
12030 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12031 }
12032 \f
12033 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12034 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12035 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12036
12037 void
12038 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12039 {
12040 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12041
12042 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12043 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12044 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12045 && bs->stop)
12046 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12047
12048 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12049 {
12050 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12051 delete_breakpoint (b);
12052 }
12053 }
12054
12055 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12056 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12057 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12058 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12059 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12060 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12061
12062 static int
12063 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12064 {
12065 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12066 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12067 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12068 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12069 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12070
12071 if (a->address != b->address)
12072 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12073
12074 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12075 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12076 grouped. */
12077
12078 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12079 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12080 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12081
12082 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12083 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12084 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12085
12086 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12087 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12088 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12089
12090 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12091 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12092 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12093
12094 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12095 }
12096
12097 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12098 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12099 content of the bp_location array. */
12100
12101 static void
12102 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12103 {
12104 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12105
12106 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12107 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12108
12109 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12110 {
12111 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12112
12113 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12114 continue;
12115
12116 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12117 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12118
12119 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12120 addr = bl->address - start;
12121 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12122 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12123
12124 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12125
12126 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12127 addr = end - bl->address;
12128 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12129 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12130 }
12131 }
12132
12133 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12134
12135 static void
12136 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12137 {
12138 struct breakpoint *b;
12139 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12140
12141 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12142 return;
12143
12144 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12145
12146 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12147 {
12148 struct bp_location *bl;
12149 struct tracepoint *t;
12150 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12151
12152 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12153 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12154 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12155 continue;
12156
12157 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12158 {
12159 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12160 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12161 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12162 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12163 continue;
12164
12165 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12166
12167 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12168
12169 bl->inserted = 1;
12170 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12171 }
12172 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12173 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12174 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12175 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12176 }
12177
12178 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12179 }
12180
12181 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12182
12183 static void
12184 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12185 {
12186 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12187 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12188 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12189 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12190
12191 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12192 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12193 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12194 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12195 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12196
12197 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12198 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12199 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12200 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12201 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12202 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12203 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12204 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12205 }
12206
12207 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12208 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12209 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12210 the target. */
12211
12212 static void
12213 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12214 {
12215 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12216 struct bp_location *loc;
12217 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12218 int pspace_num;
12219
12220 address = bl->address;
12221 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12222
12223 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12224 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12225 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12226 side. */
12227 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12228 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12229 return;
12230
12231 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12232 the same program space as the location
12233 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12234 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12235 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12236 {
12237 loc = *loc2p;
12238
12239 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12240 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12241 continue;
12242
12243 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12244 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12245 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12246 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12247 that have already been marked. */
12248 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12249
12250 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12251 it later on. */
12252 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12253 {
12254 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12255 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12256 }
12257 }
12258 }
12259
12260 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12261 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12262 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12263 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12264 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12265 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12266 returns true on them.
12267
12268 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12269 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12270 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12271 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12272 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12273 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12274
12275 static void
12276 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12277 {
12278 struct breakpoint *b;
12279 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12280 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12281 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12282 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12283 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12284 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12285
12286 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12287 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12288 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12289 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12290 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12291 once. */
12292 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12293 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12294 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12295 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12296
12297 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12298 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12299 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12300 unsigned old_location_count;
12301
12302 old_location = bp_location;
12303 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12304 bp_location = NULL;
12305 bp_location_count = 0;
12306 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12307
12308 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12309 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12310 bp_location_count++;
12311
12312 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12313 locp = bp_location;
12314 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12315 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12316 *locp++ = loc;
12317 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12318 bp_location_compare);
12319
12320 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12321
12322 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12323 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12324 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12325 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12326 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12327 location.
12328
12329 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12330 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12331
12332 locp = bp_location;
12333 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12334 old_locp++)
12335 {
12336 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12337 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12338
12339 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12340 not, we have to free it. */
12341 int found_object = 0;
12342 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12343 int keep_in_target = 0;
12344 int removed = 0;
12345
12346 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12347 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12348 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12349 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12350 locp++;
12351
12352 for (loc2p = locp;
12353 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12354 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12355 loc2p++)
12356 {
12357 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12358 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12359 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12360 place there. */
12361 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12362 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12363 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12364 {
12365 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12366 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12367 }
12368
12369 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12370 found_object = 1;
12371 }
12372
12373 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12374 have to go through updates again. */
12375 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12376
12377 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12378 if (!found_object)
12379 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12380
12381 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12382 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12383 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12384 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12385 at certain location is not inserted. */
12386
12387 if (old_loc->inserted)
12388 {
12389 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12390 it. */
12391
12392 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12393 {
12394 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12395 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12396 keep_in_target = 1;
12397 }
12398 else
12399 {
12400 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12401 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12402 remove its target-side condition. */
12403
12404 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12405 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12406 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12407 this one from the target. */
12408
12409 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12410 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12411 {
12412 for (loc2p = locp;
12413 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12414 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12415 loc2p++)
12416 {
12417 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12418
12419 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12420 {
12421 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12422 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12423 supported, but the latter are. */
12424 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12425 {
12426 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12427 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12428 }
12429
12430 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12431 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12432 unduplicated. */
12433 if (loc2 != old_loc
12434 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12435 {
12436 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12437 keep_in_target = 1;
12438 break;
12439 }
12440 }
12441 }
12442 }
12443 }
12444
12445 if (!keep_in_target)
12446 {
12447 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12448 {
12449 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12450 this location on the global list, and try to
12451 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12452 reason why we will succeed next time.
12453
12454 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12455 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12456 only after calling us. */
12457 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12458 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12459 old_loc->owner->number);
12460 }
12461 removed = 1;
12462 }
12463 }
12464
12465 if (!found_object)
12466 {
12467 if (removed && non_stop
12468 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12469 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12470 {
12471 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12472 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12473 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12474 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12475 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12476 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12477 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12478 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12479 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12480 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12481 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12482 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12483 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12484 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12485 SIGTRAP.
12486
12487 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12488 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12489
12490 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12491 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12492 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12493 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12494 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12495 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12496 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12497 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12498 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12499 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12500 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12501 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12502 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12503 thread_count.
12504
12505 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12506 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12507 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12508 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12509
12510 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12511 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12512 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12513 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12514 traps we can no longer explain. */
12515
12516 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12517 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12518
12519 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12520 }
12521 else
12522 {
12523 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12524 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12525 }
12526 }
12527 }
12528
12529 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12530 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12531 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12532 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12533 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12534 are sorted first for the same address.
12535
12536 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12537 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12538
12539 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12540 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12541 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12542 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12543 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12544 {
12545 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12546 non-NULL. */
12547 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12548 b = loc->owner;
12549
12550 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12551 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12552 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12553 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12554 `struct bp_location'. */
12555 || is_tracepoint (b))
12556 {
12557 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12558 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12559 continue;
12560 }
12561
12562 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12563 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12564 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12565 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12566 "actually inserted"));
12567
12568 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12569 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12570 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12571 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12572 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12573 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12574 else
12575 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12576
12577 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12578 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12579 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12580 {
12581 *loc_first_p = loc;
12582 loc->duplicate = 0;
12583
12584 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12585 {
12586 loc->needs_update = 1;
12587 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12588 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12589 }
12590 continue;
12591 }
12592
12593
12594 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12595 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12596 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12597 if (loc->inserted)
12598 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12599 loc->duplicate = 1;
12600
12601 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12602 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12603
12604 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12605 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12606 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12607 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12608 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12609 }
12610
12611 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12612 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12613 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12614 {
12615 if (should_insert)
12616 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12617 else
12618 {
12619 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12620 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12621 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12622 "needs_update". */
12623 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12624 }
12625 }
12626
12627 if (should_insert)
12628 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12629
12630 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12631 }
12632
12633 void
12634 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12635 {
12636 struct bp_location *loc;
12637 int ix;
12638
12639 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12640 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12641 {
12642 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12643 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12644 --ix;
12645 }
12646 }
12647
12648 static void
12649 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12650 {
12651 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12652
12653 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12654 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12655 }
12656
12657 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12658
12659 static void
12660 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12661 {
12662 bpstat bs;
12663
12664 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12665 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12666 {
12667 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12668 bs->old_val = NULL;
12669 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12670 }
12671 }
12672
12673 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12674 static int
12675 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12676 {
12677 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12678
12679 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12680 return 0;
12681 }
12682
12683 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12684 callbacks. */
12685
12686 static void
12687 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12688 {
12689 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12690 struct value_print_options opts;
12691
12692 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12693
12694 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12695 single string. */
12696 if (b->loc == NULL)
12697 {
12698 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12699 }
12700 else
12701 {
12702 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
12703 {
12704 printf_filtered (" at ");
12705 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12706 gdb_stdout);
12707 }
12708 if (b->loc->source_file)
12709 {
12710 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12711 more nicely. */
12712 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12713 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12714 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
12715 else
12716 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12717 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12718 real situation somewhat. */
12719 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12720 }
12721
12722 if (b->loc->next)
12723 {
12724 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12725 int n = 0;
12726 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12727 ++n;
12728 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12729 }
12730 }
12731 }
12732
12733 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12734
12735 static void
12736 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12737 {
12738 xfree (self->cond);
12739 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12740 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12741 xfree (self->function_name);
12742 xfree (self->source_file);
12743 }
12744
12745 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12746 {
12747 bp_location_dtor
12748 };
12749
12750 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12751 inherit from. */
12752
12753 static void
12754 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12755 {
12756 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12757 xfree (self->cond_string);
12758 xfree (self->addr_string);
12759 xfree (self->filter);
12760 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12761 }
12762
12763 static struct bp_location *
12764 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12765 {
12766 struct bp_location *loc;
12767
12768 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12769 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12770 return loc;
12771 }
12772
12773 static void
12774 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12775 {
12776 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12777 }
12778
12779 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12780 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12781
12782 static int
12783 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12784 {
12785 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12786 }
12787
12788 static int
12789 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12790 {
12791 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12792 }
12793
12794 static int
12795 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12796 struct address_space *aspace,
12797 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12798 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12799 {
12800 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12801 }
12802
12803 static void
12804 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12805 {
12806 /* Always stop. */
12807 }
12808
12809 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12810 errors. */
12811
12812 static int
12813 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12814 {
12815 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12816 }
12817
12818 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12819 errors. */
12820
12821 static int
12822 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12823 {
12824 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12825 }
12826
12827 static enum print_stop_action
12828 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12829 {
12830 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12831 }
12832
12833 static void
12834 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12835 struct ui_out *uiout)
12836 {
12837 /* nothing */
12838 }
12839
12840 static void
12841 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12842 {
12843 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12844 }
12845
12846 static void
12847 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12848 {
12849 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12850 }
12851
12852 static void
12853 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12854 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12855 enum bptype type_wanted,
12856 char *addr_start,
12857 char **copy_arg)
12858 {
12859 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12860 }
12861
12862 static void
12863 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12864 struct linespec_result *c,
12865 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12866 char *cond_string,
12867 char *extra_string,
12868 enum bptype type_wanted,
12869 enum bpdisp disposition,
12870 int thread,
12871 int task, int ignore_count,
12872 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12873 int from_tty, int enabled,
12874 int internal, unsigned flags)
12875 {
12876 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12877 }
12878
12879 static void
12880 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12881 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12882 {
12883 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12884 }
12885
12886 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12887
12888 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12889 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b)
12890 {
12891 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
12892 }
12893
12894 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12895 {
12896 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12897 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12898 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12899 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12900 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12901 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12902 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12903 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12904 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12905 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12906 NULL,
12907 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12908 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12909 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12910 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12911 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12912 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12913 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
12914 };
12915
12916 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12917
12918 static void
12919 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12920 {
12921 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12922 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12923 {
12924 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12925 delete_breakpoint (b);
12926 return;
12927 }
12928
12929 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12930 }
12931
12932 static int
12933 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12934 {
12935 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12936 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12937 &bl->target_info);
12938 else
12939 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12940 &bl->target_info);
12941 }
12942
12943 static int
12944 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12945 {
12946 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12947 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12948 else
12949 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12950 }
12951
12952 static int
12953 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12954 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12955 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12956 {
12957 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
12958
12959 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12960 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12961 return 0;
12962
12963 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12964 aspace, bp_addr))
12965 return 0;
12966
12967 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12968 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12969 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12970 return 0;
12971
12972 return 1;
12973 }
12974
12975 static int
12976 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12977 {
12978 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12979
12980 return 1;
12981 }
12982
12983 static enum print_stop_action
12984 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12985 {
12986 struct breakpoint *b;
12987 const struct bp_location *bl;
12988 int bp_temp;
12989 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12990
12991 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12992
12993 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12994 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12995
12996 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12997 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12998 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12999 bl->address,
13000 b->number, 1);
13001 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13002 if (bp_temp)
13003 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13004 else
13005 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13006 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13007 {
13008 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13009 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13010 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13011 }
13012 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13013 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13014
13015 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13016 }
13017
13018 static void
13019 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13020 {
13021 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13022 return;
13023
13024 switch (b->type)
13025 {
13026 case bp_breakpoint:
13027 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13028 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13029 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13030 else
13031 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13032 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13033 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13034 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13035 break;
13036 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13037 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13038 break;
13039 case bp_dprintf:
13040 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13041 break;
13042 }
13043
13044 say_where (b);
13045 }
13046
13047 static void
13048 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13049 {
13050 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13051 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13052 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13053 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13054 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13055 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13056 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13057 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13058 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13059 else
13060 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13061 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13062
13063 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13064 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13065 }
13066
13067 static void
13068 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13069 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13070 enum bptype type_wanted,
13071 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13072 {
13073 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13074 addr_start, copy_arg);
13075 }
13076
13077 static void
13078 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13079 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13080 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13081 char *cond_string,
13082 char *extra_string,
13083 enum bptype type_wanted,
13084 enum bpdisp disposition,
13085 int thread,
13086 int task, int ignore_count,
13087 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13088 int from_tty, int enabled,
13089 int internal, unsigned flags)
13090 {
13091 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13092 cond_string, extra_string,
13093 type_wanted,
13094 disposition, thread, task,
13095 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13096 enabled, internal, flags);
13097 }
13098
13099 static void
13100 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13101 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13102 {
13103 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13104 }
13105
13106 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13107
13108 static void
13109 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13110 {
13111 switch (b->type)
13112 {
13113 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13114 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13115 case bp_overlay_event:
13116 case bp_longjmp_master:
13117 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13118 case bp_exception_master:
13119 delete_breakpoint (b);
13120 break;
13121
13122 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13123 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13124 case bp_shlib_event:
13125
13126 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13127 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13128 case bp_thread_event:
13129 break;
13130 }
13131 }
13132
13133 static void
13134 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13135 {
13136 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13137 {
13138 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13139 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13140 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13141 objects (among other things). */
13142 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13143 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13144 }
13145 else
13146 bs->stop = 0;
13147 }
13148
13149 static enum print_stop_action
13150 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13151 {
13152 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13153 struct breakpoint *b;
13154
13155 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13156
13157 switch (b->type)
13158 {
13159 case bp_shlib_event:
13160 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13161 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13162 to shlib event" message.) */
13163 print_solib_event (0);
13164 break;
13165
13166 case bp_thread_event:
13167 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13168 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13169 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13170 break;
13171
13172 case bp_overlay_event:
13173 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13174 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13175 break;
13176
13177 case bp_longjmp_master:
13178 /* These should never be enabled. */
13179 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13180 break;
13181
13182 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13183 /* These should never be enabled. */
13184 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13185 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13186 break;
13187
13188 case bp_exception_master:
13189 /* These should never be enabled. */
13190 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13191 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13192 break;
13193 }
13194
13195 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13196 }
13197
13198 static void
13199 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13200 {
13201 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13202 }
13203
13204 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13205
13206 static void
13207 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13208 {
13209 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13210 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13211 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13212 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13213 }
13214
13215 static void
13216 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13217 {
13218 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13219 }
13220
13221 static enum print_stop_action
13222 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13223 {
13224 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13225
13226 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13227 {
13228 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13229
13230 switch (b->type)
13231 {
13232 case bp_finish:
13233 ui_out_field_string
13234 (uiout, "reason",
13235 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13236 break;
13237
13238 case bp_until:
13239 ui_out_field_string
13240 (uiout, "reason",
13241 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13242 break;
13243 }
13244 }
13245
13246 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13247 }
13248
13249 static void
13250 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13251 {
13252 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13253 }
13254
13255 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13256
13257 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13258 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13259
13260 static void
13261 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13262 {
13263 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13264
13265 if (tp)
13266 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13267
13268 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13269 }
13270
13271 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13272
13273 static int
13274 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13275 {
13276 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13277
13278 if (v == 0)
13279 {
13280 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13281 if needed. */
13282 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13283 }
13284
13285 return v;
13286 }
13287
13288 static int
13289 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13290 {
13291 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13292 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13293
13294 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13295 }
13296
13297 static void
13298 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13299 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13300 enum bptype type_wanted,
13301 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13302 {
13303 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13304
13305 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13306
13307 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13308 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13309
13310 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13311 }
13312
13313 static void
13314 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13315 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13316 {
13317 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13318 if (!sals->sals)
13319 error (_("probe not found"));
13320 }
13321
13322 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13323
13324 static void
13325 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13326 {
13327 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13328 }
13329
13330 static int
13331 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13332 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13333 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13334 {
13335 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13336 tracepoints. */
13337 return 0;
13338 }
13339
13340 static void
13341 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13342 struct ui_out *uiout)
13343 {
13344 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13345 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13346 {
13347 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13348
13349 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13350 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13351 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13352 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13353 }
13354 }
13355
13356 static void
13357 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13358 {
13359 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13360 return;
13361
13362 switch (b->type)
13363 {
13364 case bp_tracepoint:
13365 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13366 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13367 break;
13368 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13369 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13370 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13371 break;
13372 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13373 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13374 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13375 break;
13376 default:
13377 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13378 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13379 }
13380
13381 say_where (b);
13382 }
13383
13384 static void
13385 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13386 {
13387 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13388
13389 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13390 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13391 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13392 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13393 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13394 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13395 else
13396 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13397 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13398
13399 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13400 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13401
13402 if (tp->pass_count)
13403 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13404 }
13405
13406 static void
13407 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13408 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13409 enum bptype type_wanted,
13410 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13411 {
13412 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13413 addr_start, copy_arg);
13414 }
13415
13416 static void
13417 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13418 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13419 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13420 char *cond_string,
13421 char *extra_string,
13422 enum bptype type_wanted,
13423 enum bpdisp disposition,
13424 int thread,
13425 int task, int ignore_count,
13426 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13427 int from_tty, int enabled,
13428 int internal, unsigned flags)
13429 {
13430 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13431 cond_string, extra_string,
13432 type_wanted,
13433 disposition, thread, task,
13434 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13435 enabled, internal, flags);
13436 }
13437
13438 static void
13439 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13440 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13441 {
13442 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13443 }
13444
13445 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13446
13447 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13448 static probe. */
13449
13450 static void
13451 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13452 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13453 enum bptype type_wanted,
13454 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13455 {
13456 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13457 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13458 addr_start, copy_arg);
13459 }
13460
13461 static void
13462 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13463 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13464 {
13465 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13466 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13467 }
13468
13469 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13470
13471 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13472 markers (`-m'). */
13473
13474 static void
13475 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13476 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13477 enum bptype type_wanted,
13478 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13479 {
13480 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13481
13482 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13483
13484 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13485
13486 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13487 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13488 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13489 }
13490
13491 static void
13492 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13493 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13494 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13495 char *cond_string,
13496 char *extra_string,
13497 enum bptype type_wanted,
13498 enum bpdisp disposition,
13499 int thread,
13500 int task, int ignore_count,
13501 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13502 int from_tty, int enabled,
13503 int internal, unsigned flags)
13504 {
13505 int i;
13506
13507 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13508 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13509 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13510 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13511 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13512 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13513
13514 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13515 {
13516 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13517 struct tracepoint *tp;
13518 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13519 char *addr_string;
13520
13521 expanded.nelts = 1;
13522 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13523
13524 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13525 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13526
13527 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13528 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13529 addr_string, NULL,
13530 cond_string, extra_string,
13531 type_wanted, disposition,
13532 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13533 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13534 canonical->special_display);
13535 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13536 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13537 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13538 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13539 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13540 corresponds to this one */
13541 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13542
13543 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13544
13545 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13546 }
13547 }
13548
13549 static void
13550 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13551 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13552 {
13553 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13554
13555 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13556 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13557 {
13558 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13559 sals->nelts = 1;
13560 }
13561 else
13562 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13563 }
13564
13565 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13566
13567 static int
13568 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13569 {
13570 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13571 }
13572
13573 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13574 structures. */
13575
13576 void
13577 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13578 {
13579 struct breakpoint *b;
13580
13581 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13582
13583 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13584 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13585 especial culprits.
13586
13587 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13588 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13589 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13590 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13591 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13592 deleted.
13593
13594 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13595 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13596 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13597 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13598 was chosen. */
13599 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13600 return;
13601
13602 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13603 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13604 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13605 {
13606 struct breakpoint *related;
13607 struct watchpoint *w;
13608
13609 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13610 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13611 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13612 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13613 else
13614 w = NULL;
13615 if (w != NULL)
13616 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13617
13618 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13619 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13620 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13621 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13622 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13623 }
13624
13625 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13626 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13627 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13628 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13629 if (bpt->number)
13630 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13631
13632 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13633 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13634
13635 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13636 if (b->next == bpt)
13637 {
13638 b->next = bpt->next;
13639 break;
13640 }
13641
13642 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13643 been freed. */
13644 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13645 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13646 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13647 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13648 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13649 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13650 commands won't work. */
13651
13652 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13653
13654 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13655 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13656 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13657 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13658 might be better design to have location completely
13659 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13660 update_global_location_list (0);
13661
13662 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13663 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13664 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13665 bpt->type = bp_none;
13666 xfree (bpt);
13667 }
13668
13669 static void
13670 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13671 {
13672 delete_breakpoint (b);
13673 }
13674
13675 struct cleanup *
13676 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13677 {
13678 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13679 }
13680
13681 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13682 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13683
13684 static void
13685 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13686 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13687 void *),
13688 void *data)
13689 {
13690 struct breakpoint *related;
13691
13692 related = b;
13693 do
13694 {
13695 struct breakpoint *next;
13696
13697 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13698 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13699
13700 if (next == related)
13701 {
13702 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13703 function (related, data);
13704
13705 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13706 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13707 out. */
13708 break;
13709 }
13710 else
13711 function (related, data);
13712
13713 related = next;
13714 }
13715 while (related != b);
13716 }
13717
13718 static void
13719 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13720 {
13721 delete_breakpoint (b);
13722 }
13723
13724 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13725 delete_breakpoint. */
13726
13727 static void
13728 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13729 {
13730 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13731 }
13732
13733 void
13734 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13735 {
13736 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13737
13738 dont_repeat ();
13739
13740 if (arg == 0)
13741 {
13742 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13743
13744 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13745 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13746 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13747 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13748 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13749 {
13750 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13751 break;
13752 }
13753
13754 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13755 if (!from_tty
13756 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13757 {
13758 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13759 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13760 delete_breakpoint (b);
13761 }
13762 }
13763 else
13764 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13765 }
13766
13767 static int
13768 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13769 {
13770 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13771 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13772 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13773 return 0;
13774 return 1;
13775 }
13776
13777 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13778 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13779 Null names are ignored. */
13780
13781 static int
13782 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13783 {
13784 struct bp_location *l;
13785 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13786 (int (*) (const void *,
13787 const void *)) streq,
13788 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13789
13790 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13791 {
13792 const char **slot;
13793 const char *name = l->function_name;
13794
13795 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13796 if (name == NULL)
13797 continue;
13798
13799 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13800 INSERT);
13801 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13802 returns NULL. */
13803 if (*slot != NULL)
13804 {
13805 htab_delete (htab);
13806 return 1;
13807 }
13808 *slot = name;
13809 }
13810
13811 htab_delete (htab);
13812 return 0;
13813 }
13814
13815 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13816 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13817 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13818 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13819 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13820 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13821 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13822 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13823 The heuristic is:
13824
13825 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13826 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13827 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13828 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13829 in the sources, and output a warning.
13830
13831 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13832 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13833 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13834 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13835 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13836 warning.
13837
13838 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13839 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13840 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13841 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13842 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13843 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13844 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13845 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13846 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13847
13848 static struct symtab_and_line
13849 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13850 {
13851 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13852 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13853 CORE_ADDR pc;
13854
13855 pc = sal.pc;
13856 if (sal.line)
13857 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13858
13859 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13860 {
13861 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13862 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13863 b->number,
13864 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13865
13866 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13867 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13868 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13869
13870 return sal;
13871 }
13872
13873 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13874 by string ID. */
13875 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13876 && sal.line != 0
13877 && sal.symtab != NULL
13878 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13879 {
13880 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13881
13882 markers
13883 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13884
13885 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13886 {
13887 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13888 struct symbol *sym;
13889 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13890 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13891
13892 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13893
13894 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13895 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13896
13897 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13898 "found at previous line number"),
13899 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13900
13901 init_sal (&sal2);
13902
13903 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13904
13905 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13906 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13907 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13908 if (sym)
13909 {
13910 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13911 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13912 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13913 }
13914 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
13915 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13916
13917 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13918 {
13919 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13920
13921 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13922 }
13923
13924 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13925 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13926
13927 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13928
13929 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
13930 if (sym)
13931 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
13932 else
13933 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
13934
13935 xfree (b->addr_string);
13936 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13937 sal2.symtab->filename,
13938 b->loc->line_number);
13939
13940 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13941 so. */
13942
13943 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13944 }
13945 }
13946 return sal;
13947 }
13948
13949 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13950 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13951
13952 static int
13953 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13954 {
13955 while (a && b)
13956 {
13957 if (a->address != b->address)
13958 return 0;
13959
13960 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13961 return 0;
13962
13963 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13964 return 0;
13965
13966 a = a->next;
13967 b = b->next;
13968 }
13969
13970 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13971 return 0;
13972
13973 return 1;
13974 }
13975
13976 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13977 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13978 a ranged breakpoint. */
13979
13980 void
13981 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13982 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
13983 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
13984 {
13985 int i;
13986 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
13987
13988 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
13989 {
13990 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13991 location. */
13992 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13993 update_global_location_list (1);
13994 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13995 "multiple locations found\n"),
13996 b->number);
13997 return;
13998 }
13999
14000 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14001 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14002 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14003 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14004 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14005 individual locations. */
14006 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14007 return;
14008
14009 b->loc = NULL;
14010
14011 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14012 {
14013 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14014
14015 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14016
14017 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14018
14019 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14020 old symtab. */
14021 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14022 {
14023 char *s;
14024 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14025
14026 s = b->cond_string;
14027 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14028 {
14029 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14030 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14031 0);
14032 }
14033 if (e.reason < 0)
14034 {
14035 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14036 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14037 b->number, e.message);
14038 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14039 }
14040 }
14041
14042 if (sals_end.nelts)
14043 {
14044 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14045
14046 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14047 }
14048 }
14049
14050 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14051 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14052 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14053
14054 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14055 breakpoints. */
14056 {
14057 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14058 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14059 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14060 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14061 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14062 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14063 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14064
14065 for (; e; e = e->next)
14066 {
14067 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14068 {
14069 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14070 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14071 {
14072 for (; l; l = l->next)
14073 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14074 {
14075 l->enabled = 0;
14076 break;
14077 }
14078 }
14079 else
14080 {
14081 for (; l; l = l->next)
14082 if (l->function_name
14083 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14084 {
14085 l->enabled = 0;
14086 break;
14087 }
14088 }
14089 }
14090 }
14091 }
14092
14093 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14094 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14095
14096 update_global_location_list (1);
14097 }
14098
14099 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14100 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14101
14102 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14103 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14104 {
14105 char *s;
14106 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14107 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14108
14109 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14110 s = addr_string;
14111
14112 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14113 {
14114 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14115 }
14116 if (e.reason < 0)
14117 {
14118 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14119 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14120 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14121 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14122 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14123 state, then user already saw the message about that
14124 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14125 errors. */
14126 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14127 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14128 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14129 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14130 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14131 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14132
14133 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14134 {
14135 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14136 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14137 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14138 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14139 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14140 which approach is better. */
14141 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14142 throw_exception (e);
14143 }
14144 }
14145
14146 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14147 {
14148 int i;
14149
14150 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14151 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14152 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14153 {
14154 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14155 int thread, task;
14156
14157 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14158 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14159 &extra_string);
14160 if (cond_string)
14161 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14162 b->thread = thread;
14163 b->task = task;
14164 if (extra_string)
14165 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14166 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14167 }
14168
14169 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14170 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14171
14172 *found = 1;
14173 }
14174 else
14175 *found = 0;
14176
14177 return sals;
14178 }
14179
14180 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14181 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14182 locations. */
14183
14184 static void
14185 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14186 {
14187 int found;
14188 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14189 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14190 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14191
14192 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14193 if (found)
14194 {
14195 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14196 expanded = sals;
14197 }
14198
14199 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14200 {
14201 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14202 if (found)
14203 {
14204 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14205 expanded_end = sals_end;
14206 }
14207 }
14208
14209 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14210 }
14211
14212 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14213 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14214
14215 static void
14216 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14217 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14218 enum bptype type_wanted,
14219 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14220 {
14221 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14222 }
14223
14224 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14225 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14226 breakpoint_ops. */
14227
14228 static void
14229 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14230 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14231 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
14232 char *cond_string,
14233 char *extra_string,
14234 enum bptype type_wanted,
14235 enum bpdisp disposition,
14236 int thread,
14237 int task, int ignore_count,
14238 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14239 int from_tty, int enabled,
14240 int internal, unsigned flags)
14241 {
14242 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14243 extra_string,
14244 type_wanted, disposition,
14245 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14246 enabled, internal, flags);
14247 }
14248
14249 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14250 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14251
14252 static void
14253 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14254 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14255 {
14256 struct linespec_result canonical;
14257
14258 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14259 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14260 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14261 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14262 b->filter);
14263
14264 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14265 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14266
14267 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14268 {
14269 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14270
14271 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14272 *sals = lsal->sals;
14273 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14274 contents. */
14275 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14276 }
14277
14278 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14279 }
14280
14281 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14282
14283 static struct cleanup *
14284 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14285 {
14286 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14287
14288 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14289 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14290 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14291 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14292 set_language (b->language);
14293
14294 return cleanups;
14295 }
14296
14297 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14298 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14299 Unused in this case. */
14300
14301 static int
14302 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14303 {
14304 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14305 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14306 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14307
14308 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14309 b->ops->re_set (b);
14310 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14311 return 0;
14312 }
14313
14314 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14315 void
14316 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14317 {
14318 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14319 enum language save_language;
14320 int save_input_radix;
14321 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14322
14323 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14324 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14325 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14326
14327 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14328 {
14329 /* Format possible error msg. */
14330 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14331 b->number);
14332 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14333 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14334 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14335 }
14336 set_language (save_language);
14337 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14338
14339 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14340
14341 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14342
14343 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14344 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14345 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14346 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14347 }
14348 \f
14349 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14350
14351 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14352 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14353 void
14354 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14355 {
14356 if (b->thread != -1)
14357 {
14358 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14359 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14360
14361 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14362 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14363 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14364 as well. */
14365 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14366 }
14367 }
14368
14369 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14370 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14371 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14372
14373 void
14374 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14375 {
14376 struct breakpoint *b;
14377
14378 if (count < 0)
14379 count = 0;
14380
14381 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14382 if (b->number == bptnum)
14383 {
14384 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14385 {
14386 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14387 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14388 bptnum);
14389 return;
14390 }
14391
14392 b->ignore_count = count;
14393 if (from_tty)
14394 {
14395 if (count == 0)
14396 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14397 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14398 bptnum);
14399 else if (count == 1)
14400 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14401 bptnum);
14402 else
14403 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14404 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14405 count, bptnum);
14406 }
14407 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14408 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14409 return;
14410 }
14411
14412 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14413 }
14414
14415 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14416
14417 static void
14418 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14419 {
14420 char *p = args;
14421 int num;
14422
14423 if (p == 0)
14424 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14425
14426 num = get_number (&p);
14427 if (num == 0)
14428 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14429 if (*p == 0)
14430 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14431
14432 set_ignore_count (num,
14433 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14434 from_tty);
14435 if (from_tty)
14436 printf_filtered ("\n");
14437 }
14438 \f
14439 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14440 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14441
14442 static void
14443 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14444 void *),
14445 void *data)
14446 {
14447 int num;
14448 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14449 int match;
14450 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14451
14452 if (args == 0)
14453 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14454
14455 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14456
14457 while (!state.finished)
14458 {
14459 char *p = state.string;
14460
14461 match = 0;
14462
14463 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14464 if (num == 0)
14465 {
14466 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14467 }
14468 else
14469 {
14470 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14471 if (b->number == num)
14472 {
14473 match = 1;
14474 function (b, data);
14475 break;
14476 }
14477 if (match == 0)
14478 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14479 }
14480 }
14481 }
14482
14483 static struct bp_location *
14484 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14485 {
14486 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14487 char *p1;
14488 int bp_num;
14489 int loc_num;
14490 struct breakpoint *b;
14491 struct bp_location *loc;
14492
14493 *dot = '\0';
14494
14495 p1 = number;
14496 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14497 if (bp_num == 0)
14498 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14499
14500 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14501 if (b->number == bp_num)
14502 {
14503 break;
14504 }
14505
14506 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14507 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14508
14509 p1 = dot+1;
14510 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14511 if (loc_num == 0)
14512 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14513
14514 --loc_num;
14515 loc = b->loc;
14516 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14517 ;
14518 if (!loc)
14519 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14520
14521 return loc;
14522 }
14523
14524
14525 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14526 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14527 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14528
14529 void
14530 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14531 {
14532 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14533 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14534 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14535 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14536 return;
14537
14538 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14539 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14540 return;
14541
14542 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14543
14544 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14545 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14546
14547 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14548 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14549 {
14550 struct bp_location *location;
14551
14552 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14553 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14554 }
14555
14556 update_global_location_list (0);
14557
14558 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14559 }
14560
14561 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14562
14563 static void
14564 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14565 {
14566 disable_breakpoint (b);
14567 }
14568
14569 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14570 disable_breakpoint. */
14571
14572 static void
14573 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14574 {
14575 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14576 }
14577
14578 static void
14579 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14580 {
14581 if (args == 0)
14582 {
14583 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14584
14585 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14586 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14587 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14588 }
14589 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14590 {
14591 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14592 if (loc)
14593 {
14594 if (loc->enabled)
14595 {
14596 loc->enabled = 0;
14597 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14598 }
14599 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14600 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14601 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14602 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14603 }
14604 update_global_location_list (0);
14605 }
14606 else
14607 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14608 }
14609
14610 static void
14611 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14612 int count)
14613 {
14614 int target_resources_ok;
14615
14616 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14617 {
14618 int i;
14619 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14620 target_resources_ok =
14621 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14622 i + 1, 0);
14623 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14624 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14625 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14626 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14627 }
14628
14629 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14630 {
14631 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14632 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14633 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14634
14635 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14636 {
14637 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14638
14639 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14640 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14641 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14642 }
14643 if (e.reason < 0)
14644 {
14645 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14646 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14647 bpt->number);
14648 return;
14649 }
14650 }
14651
14652 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14653 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14654
14655 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14656
14657 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14658 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14659
14660 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14661 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14662 {
14663 struct bp_location *location;
14664
14665 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14666 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14667 }
14668
14669 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14670 bpt->enable_count = count;
14671 update_global_location_list (1);
14672 annotate_breakpoints_changed ();
14673
14674 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14675 }
14676
14677
14678 void
14679 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14680 {
14681 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14682 }
14683
14684 static void
14685 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14686 {
14687 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14688 }
14689
14690 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14691 enable_breakpoint. */
14692
14693 static void
14694 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14695 {
14696 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14697 }
14698
14699 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14700 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14701 in stopping the inferior. */
14702
14703 static void
14704 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14705 {
14706 if (args == 0)
14707 {
14708 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14709
14710 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14711 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14712 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14713 }
14714 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14715 {
14716 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14717 if (loc)
14718 {
14719 if (!loc->enabled)
14720 {
14721 loc->enabled = 1;
14722 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14723 }
14724 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14725 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14726 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14727 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14728 }
14729 update_global_location_list (1);
14730 }
14731 else
14732 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14733 }
14734
14735 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14736 breakpoints. */
14737
14738 struct disp_data
14739 {
14740 enum bpdisp disp;
14741 int count;
14742 };
14743
14744 static void
14745 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14746 {
14747 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14748
14749 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14750 }
14751
14752 static void
14753 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14754 {
14755 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14756
14757 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14758 }
14759
14760 static void
14761 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14762 {
14763 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14764 }
14765
14766 static void
14767 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14768 {
14769 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14770
14771 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14772 }
14773
14774 static void
14775 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14776 {
14777 int count = get_number (&args);
14778
14779 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14780 }
14781
14782 static void
14783 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14784 {
14785 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14786
14787 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14788 }
14789
14790 static void
14791 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14792 {
14793 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14794 }
14795 \f
14796 static void
14797 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14798 {
14799 }
14800
14801 static void
14802 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14803 {
14804 }
14805
14806 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14807 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14808 GDB itself. */
14809
14810 static void
14811 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14812 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14813 const bfd_byte *data)
14814 {
14815 struct breakpoint *bp;
14816
14817 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14818 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14819 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14820 {
14821 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14822
14823 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14824 {
14825 struct bp_location *loc;
14826
14827 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14828 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14829 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14830 && addr + len > loc->address)
14831 {
14832 value_free (wp->val);
14833 wp->val = NULL;
14834 wp->val_valid = 0;
14835 }
14836 }
14837 }
14838 }
14839
14840 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14841 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14842 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14843 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14844 someday. */
14845
14846 void *
14847 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14848 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14849 {
14850 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14851
14852 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14853
14854 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14855 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14856
14857 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14858 {
14859 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14860 xfree (bp_tgt);
14861 return NULL;
14862 }
14863
14864 return bp_tgt;
14865 }
14866
14867 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14868 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14869
14870 int
14871 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14872 {
14873 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14874 int ret;
14875
14876 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14877 xfree (bp_tgt);
14878
14879 return ret;
14880 }
14881
14882 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14883 stepping. */
14884
14885 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14886 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14887
14888 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14889
14890 void
14891 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14892 struct address_space *aspace,
14893 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
14894 {
14895 void **bpt_p;
14896
14897 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14898 {
14899 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14900 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14901 }
14902 else
14903 {
14904 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14905 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14906 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14907 }
14908
14909 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14910 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14911 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14912 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14913 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14914 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14915
14916 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14917 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14918 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14919 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14920 }
14921
14922 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14923 were inserted or not. */
14924
14925 int
14926 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14927 {
14928 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14929 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14930 }
14931
14932 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14933
14934 void
14935 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14936 {
14937 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14938
14939 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14940 call. */
14941 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14942 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14943 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14944 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14945
14946 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14947 {
14948 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14949 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14950 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14951 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14952 }
14953 }
14954
14955 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14956 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14957 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14958 exec. */
14959
14960 void
14961 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14962 {
14963 int i;
14964
14965 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14966 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14967 {
14968 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14969 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14970 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14971 }
14972 }
14973
14974 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14975 removing them. */
14976
14977 static void
14978 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14979 {
14980 int i;
14981
14982 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14983 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14984 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
14985 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14986 }
14987
14988 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14989 PC. */
14990
14991 static int
14992 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
14993 CORE_ADDR pc)
14994 {
14995 int i;
14996
14997 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14998 {
14999 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
15000 if (bp_tgt
15001 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
15002 bp_tgt->placed_address,
15003 aspace, pc))
15004 return 1;
15005 }
15006
15007 return 0;
15008 }
15009
15010 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15011 non-zero otherwise. */
15012 static int
15013 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15014 {
15015 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15016 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15017 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15018 return 1;
15019 else
15020 return 0;
15021 }
15022
15023 int
15024 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15025 {
15026 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15027 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15028
15029 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15030 }
15031
15032 int
15033 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15034 {
15035 struct breakpoint *bp;
15036
15037 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15038 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15039 {
15040 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15041
15042 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15043 {
15044 int i, iter;
15045 for (i = 0;
15046 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15047 i++)
15048 if (syscall_number == iter)
15049 return 1;
15050 }
15051 else
15052 return 1;
15053 }
15054
15055 return 0;
15056 }
15057
15058 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15059 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15060 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15061 char *text, char *word)
15062 {
15063 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15064 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15065 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15066
15067 xfree (list);
15068 return retlist;
15069 }
15070
15071 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15072
15073 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15074 static void
15075 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15076 {
15077 tracepoint_count = num;
15078 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15079 }
15080
15081 static void
15082 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15083 {
15084 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15085 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15086
15087 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15088 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15089 else
15090 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15091
15092 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15093 arg,
15094 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15095 0 /* tempflag */,
15096 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15097 0 /* Ignore count */,
15098 pending_break_support,
15099 ops,
15100 from_tty,
15101 1 /* enabled */,
15102 0 /* internal */, 0);
15103 }
15104
15105 static void
15106 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15107 {
15108 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15109 arg,
15110 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15111 0 /* tempflag */,
15112 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15113 0 /* Ignore count */,
15114 pending_break_support,
15115 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15116 from_tty,
15117 1 /* enabled */,
15118 0 /* internal */, 0);
15119 }
15120
15121 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15122
15123 static void
15124 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15125 {
15126 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15127
15128 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15129 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15130 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15131 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15132 else
15133 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15134
15135 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15136 arg,
15137 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15138 0 /* tempflag */,
15139 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15140 0 /* Ignore count */,
15141 pending_break_support,
15142 ops,
15143 from_tty,
15144 1 /* enabled */,
15145 0 /* internal */, 0);
15146 }
15147
15148 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15149 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15150
15151 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15152 static int next_cmd;
15153
15154 static char *
15155 read_uploaded_action (void)
15156 {
15157 char *rslt;
15158
15159 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15160
15161 next_cmd++;
15162
15163 return rslt;
15164 }
15165
15166 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15167 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15168 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15169 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15170 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15171
15172 struct tracepoint *
15173 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15174 {
15175 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15176 struct tracepoint *tp;
15177
15178 if (utp->at_string)
15179 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15180 else
15181 {
15182 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15183 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15184 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15185 user. */
15186 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15187 "source location, using raw address"),
15188 utp->number);
15189 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15190 addr_str = small_buf;
15191 }
15192
15193 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15194 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15195 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15196 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15197 utp->number);
15198
15199 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15200 addr_str,
15201 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15202 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15203 0 /* tempflag */,
15204 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15205 0 /* Ignore count */,
15206 pending_break_support,
15207 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15208 0 /* from_tty */,
15209 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15210 0 /* internal */,
15211 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15212 return NULL;
15213
15214 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15215 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15216 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15217
15218 if (utp->pass > 0)
15219 {
15220 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15221 tp->base.number);
15222
15223 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15224 }
15225
15226 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15227 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15228 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15229 function. */
15230 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15231 {
15232 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15233
15234 this_utp = utp;
15235 next_cmd = 0;
15236
15237 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15238
15239 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15240 }
15241 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15242 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15243 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15244 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15245 utp->number);
15246
15247 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15248 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15249 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15250
15251 return tp;
15252 }
15253
15254 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15255 omitted. */
15256
15257 static void
15258 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15259 {
15260 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15261 int num_printed;
15262
15263 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15264
15265 if (num_printed == 0)
15266 {
15267 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15268 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15269 else
15270 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15271 }
15272
15273 default_collect_info ();
15274 }
15275
15276 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15277 Not supported by all targets. */
15278 static void
15279 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15280 {
15281 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15282 }
15283
15284 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15285 Not supported by all targets. */
15286 static void
15287 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15288 {
15289 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15290 }
15291
15292 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15293 static void
15294 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15295 {
15296 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15297
15298 dont_repeat ();
15299
15300 if (arg == 0)
15301 {
15302 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15303
15304 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15305 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15306 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15307 argument. */
15308 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15309 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15310 {
15311 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15312 break;
15313 }
15314
15315 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15316 if (!from_tty
15317 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15318 {
15319 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15320 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15321 delete_breakpoint (b);
15322 }
15323 }
15324 else
15325 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15326 }
15327
15328 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15329
15330 static void
15331 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15332 {
15333 tp->pass_count = count;
15334 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15335 if (from_tty)
15336 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15337 tp->base.number, count);
15338 }
15339
15340 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15341
15342 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15343 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15344 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15345
15346 static void
15347 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15348 {
15349 struct tracepoint *t1;
15350 unsigned int count;
15351
15352 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15353 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15354 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15355
15356 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15357
15358 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
15359 args++;
15360
15361 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15362 {
15363 struct breakpoint *b;
15364
15365 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15366 if (*args)
15367 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15368
15369 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15370 {
15371 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15372 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15373 }
15374 }
15375 else if (*args == '\0')
15376 {
15377 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15378 if (t1)
15379 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15380 }
15381 else
15382 {
15383 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15384
15385 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15386 while (!state.finished)
15387 {
15388 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15389 if (t1)
15390 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15391 }
15392 }
15393 }
15394
15395 struct tracepoint *
15396 get_tracepoint (int num)
15397 {
15398 struct breakpoint *t;
15399
15400 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15401 if (t->number == num)
15402 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15403
15404 return NULL;
15405 }
15406
15407 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15408 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15409 reconnecting). */
15410
15411 struct tracepoint *
15412 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15413 {
15414 struct breakpoint *b;
15415
15416 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15417 {
15418 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15419
15420 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15421 return t;
15422 }
15423
15424 return NULL;
15425 }
15426
15427 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15428 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15429 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15430 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15431 struct tracepoint *
15432 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15433 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15434 int optional_p)
15435 {
15436 struct breakpoint *t;
15437 int tpnum;
15438 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15439
15440 if (state)
15441 {
15442 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15443 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15444 }
15445 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15446 {
15447 if (optional_p)
15448 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15449 else
15450 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15451 }
15452 else
15453 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15454
15455 if (tpnum <= 0)
15456 {
15457 if (instring && *instring)
15458 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15459 instring);
15460 else
15461 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15462 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15463 return NULL;
15464 }
15465
15466 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15467 if (t->number == tpnum)
15468 {
15469 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15470 }
15471
15472 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15473 return NULL;
15474 }
15475
15476 void
15477 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15478 {
15479 if (b->thread != -1)
15480 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15481
15482 if (b->task != 0)
15483 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15484
15485 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15486 }
15487
15488 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15489 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15490 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15491 non-zero. */
15492
15493 static void
15494 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15495 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15496 {
15497 struct breakpoint *tp;
15498 int any = 0;
15499 char *pathname;
15500 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15501 struct ui_file *fp;
15502 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15503
15504 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15505 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15506
15507 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15508 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15509 {
15510 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15511 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15512 continue;
15513
15514 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15515 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15516 continue;
15517
15518 any = 1;
15519
15520 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15521 {
15522 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15523
15524 /* We can stop searching. */
15525 break;
15526 }
15527 }
15528
15529 if (!any)
15530 {
15531 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15532 return;
15533 }
15534
15535 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15536 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15537 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15538 if (!fp)
15539 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15540 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15541 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15542
15543 if (extra_trace_bits)
15544 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15545
15546 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15547 {
15548 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15549 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15550 continue;
15551
15552 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15553 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15554 continue;
15555
15556 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15557
15558 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15559 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15560 instead. */
15561
15562 if (tp->cond_string)
15563 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15564
15565 if (tp->ignore_count)
15566 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15567
15568 if (tp->commands)
15569 {
15570 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15571
15572 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15573
15574 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15575 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15576 {
15577 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15578 }
15579 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15580
15581 if (ex.reason < 0)
15582 throw_exception (ex);
15583
15584 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15585 }
15586
15587 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15588 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15589
15590 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15591 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15592 special, and not user visible. */
15593 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15594 {
15595 struct bp_location *loc;
15596 int n = 1;
15597
15598 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15599 if (!loc->enabled)
15600 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15601 }
15602 }
15603
15604 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15605 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15606
15607 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15608 if (from_tty)
15609 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15610 }
15611
15612 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15613
15614 static void
15615 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15616 {
15617 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15618 }
15619
15620 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15621
15622 static void
15623 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15624 {
15625 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15626 }
15627
15628 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15629
15630 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15631 all_tracepoints (void)
15632 {
15633 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15634 struct breakpoint *tp;
15635
15636 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15637 {
15638 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15639 }
15640
15641 return tp_vec;
15642 }
15643
15644 \f
15645 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15646 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15647 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15648 command. */
15649 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15650 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15651 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15652 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15653 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15654 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15655 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15656 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15657 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15658 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15659 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15660 \n\
15661 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15662 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15663 \n\
15664 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15665 conditions are different.\n\
15666 \n\
15667 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15668
15669 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15670 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15671
15672 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15673 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15674
15675 void
15676 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15677 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15678 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15679 completer_ftype *completer,
15680 void *user_data_catch,
15681 void *user_data_tcatch)
15682 {
15683 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15684
15685 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15686 &catch_cmdlist);
15687 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15688 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15689 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15690
15691 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15692 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15693 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15694 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15695 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15696 }
15697
15698 static void
15699 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15700 {
15701 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15702 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15703
15704 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15705 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15706 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15707 }
15708
15709 static void
15710 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15711 {
15712 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15713 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15714 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15715 }
15716
15717 struct breakpoint *
15718 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15719 void *data)
15720 {
15721 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15722
15723 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15724 {
15725 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15726 return b;
15727 }
15728
15729 return NULL;
15730 }
15731
15732 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15733 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15734
15735 static int
15736 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15737 {
15738 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15739 non-inline function. */
15740 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15741 return 1;
15742
15743 return 0;
15744 }
15745
15746 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15747 have been inlined. */
15748
15749 int
15750 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15751 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15752 {
15753 struct breakpoint *b;
15754 struct bp_location *bl;
15755
15756 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15757 {
15758 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15759 continue;
15760
15761 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15762 {
15763 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15764 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15765 return 1;
15766 }
15767 }
15768
15769 return 0;
15770 }
15771
15772 void
15773 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15774 {
15775 static int initialized = 0;
15776
15777 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15778
15779 if (initialized)
15780 return;
15781 initialized = 1;
15782
15783 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15784 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15785 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15786 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15787 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15788 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15789 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15790 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15791 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15792 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15793 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15794 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15795
15796 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15797 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15798 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15799 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15800 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15801 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15802 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15803 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15804
15805 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15806 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15807 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15808 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15809 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15810 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15811 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15812 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15813 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15814 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15815
15816 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15817 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15818 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15819 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15820 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15821 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15822 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15823
15824 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15825 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15826 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15827 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15828 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15829 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15830 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15831
15832 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15833 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15834 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15835 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15836
15837 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15838 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15839 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15840 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15841 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15842 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15843 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15844
15845 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15846 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
15847 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15848 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
15849 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
15850 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
15851 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
15852
15853 /* Watchpoints. */
15854 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15855 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15856 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15857 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15858 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15859 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15860 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15861 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15862 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15863 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15864 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15865 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15866 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15867
15868 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15869 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15870 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15871 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15872 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15873 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15874 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15875 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15876 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15877 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15878 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15879
15880 /* Tracepoints. */
15881 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15882 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15883 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15884 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15885 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15886 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15887 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15888 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15889 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15890 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15891
15892 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15893 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15894 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15895 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15896 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15897
15898 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15899 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15900 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15901 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15902 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15903 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15904
15905 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15906 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15907 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15908 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15909 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15910 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15911 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15912 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15913 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15914 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15915
15916 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15917 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15918 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15919 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15920 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15921 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15922 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15923 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15924 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15925 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15926
15927 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15928 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15929 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15930 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15931 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15932 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15933 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15934 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15935 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15936 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15937 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15938
15939 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15940 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15941 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15942 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15943 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15944 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15945 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15946 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15947 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15948 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15949 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15950
15951 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15952 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15953 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15954 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15955 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15956 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15957 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15958 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15959 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15960 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15961 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15962 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15963
15964 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15965 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15966 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15967 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15968 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15969 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15970 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15971 }
15972
15973 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15974
15975 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15976
15977 void
15978 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15979 {
15980 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15981
15982 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15983
15984 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15985 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
15986 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15987
15988 breakpoint_objfile_key
15989 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
15990
15991 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15992 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
15993 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
15994
15995 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15996 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15997 before a breakpoint is set. */
15998 breakpoint_count = 0;
15999
16000 tracepoint_count = 0;
16001
16002 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16003 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16004 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16005 if (xdb_commands)
16006 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16007
16008 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16009 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16010 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16011 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16012 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16013 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16014 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16015 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16016
16017 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16018 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16019 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16020 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16021 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16022
16023 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16024 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16025 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16026 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16027 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16028 \n"
16029 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16030 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16031
16032 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16033 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16034 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16035 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16036 \n"
16037 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16038 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16039
16040 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16041 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16042 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16043 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16044 \n"
16045 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16046 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16047
16048 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16049 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16050 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16051 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16052 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16053 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16054 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16055 if (xdb_commands)
16056 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16057 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16058 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16059 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16060 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16061 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16062
16063 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16064
16065 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16066 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16067 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16068 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16069 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16070 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16071
16072 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16073 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16074 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16075 &enablebreaklist);
16076
16077 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16078 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16079 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16080 &enablebreaklist);
16081
16082 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16083 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16084 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16085 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16086 &enablebreaklist);
16087
16088 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16089 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16090 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16091 &enablelist);
16092
16093 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16094 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16095 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16096 &enablelist);
16097
16098 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16099 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16100 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16101 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16102 &enablelist);
16103
16104 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16105 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16106 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16107 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16108 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16109 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16110 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16111 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16112 if (xdb_commands)
16113 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16114 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16115 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16116 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16117 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16118
16119 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16120 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16121 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16122 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16123 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16124 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16125 &disablelist);
16126
16127 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16128 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16129 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16130 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16131 \n\
16132 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16133 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16134 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16135 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16136 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16137 if (xdb_commands)
16138 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16139 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16140 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16141 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16142
16143 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16144 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16145 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16146 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16147 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16148 &deletelist);
16149
16150 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16151 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16152 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16153 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16154 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16155 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16156 \n\
16157 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16158 is executing in.\n\
16159 \n\
16160 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16161 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16162
16163 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16164 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16165 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16166 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16167
16168 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16169 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16170 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16171 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16172
16173 if (xdb_commands)
16174 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16175
16176 if (dbx_commands)
16177 {
16178 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16179 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16180 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16181 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16182 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16183 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16184 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16185 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16186 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16187 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16188 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16189 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16190 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16191 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16192 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16193 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16194 \n\
16195 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16196 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16197 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16198 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16199 breakpoint set."));
16200 }
16201
16202 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16203 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16204 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16205 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16206 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16207 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16208 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16209 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16210 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16211 \n\
16212 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16213 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16214 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16215 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16216 breakpoint set."));
16217
16218 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16219
16220 if (xdb_commands)
16221 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16222 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16223 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16224 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16225 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16226 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16227 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16228 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16229 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16230 \n\
16231 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16232 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16233 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16234 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16235 breakpoint set."));
16236
16237 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16238 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16239 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16240 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16241 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16242 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16243 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16244 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16245 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16246 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16247 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16248 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16249 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16250 \n\
16251 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16252 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16253 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16254 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16255 breakpoint set."),
16256 &maintenanceinfolist);
16257
16258 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16259 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16260 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16261 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16262
16263 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16264 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16265 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16266 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16267
16268 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16269 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16270 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16271 catch_catch_command,
16272 NULL,
16273 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16274 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16275 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16276 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16277 catch_throw_command,
16278 NULL,
16279 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16280 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16281 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16282 catch_fork_command_1,
16283 NULL,
16284 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16285 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16286 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16287 catch_fork_command_1,
16288 NULL,
16289 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16290 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16291 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16292 catch_exec_command_1,
16293 NULL,
16294 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16295 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16296 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16297 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16298 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16299 catch_load_command_1,
16300 NULL,
16301 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16302 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16303 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16304 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16305 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16306 catch_unload_command_1,
16307 NULL,
16308 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16309 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16310 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16311 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16312 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16313 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16314 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16315 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16316 catch_syscall_command_1,
16317 catch_syscall_completer,
16318 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16319 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16320
16321 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16322 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16323 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16324 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16325 an expression changes.\n\
16326 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16327 the memory to which it refers."));
16328 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16329
16330 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16331 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16332 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16333 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16334 an expression is read.\n\
16335 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16336 the memory to which it refers."));
16337 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16338
16339 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16340 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16341 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16342 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16343 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16344 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16345 the memory to which it refers."));
16346 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16347
16348 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16349 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16350
16351 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16352 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16353 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16354 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16355 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16356 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16357 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16358 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16359 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16360 hardware.)"),
16361 NULL,
16362 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16363 &setlist, &showlist);
16364
16365 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16366
16367 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16368
16369 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16370 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16371 \n"
16372 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16373 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16374 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16375
16376 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16377 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16378 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16379 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16380
16381 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16382 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16383 \n"
16384 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16385 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16386 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16387
16388 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16389 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16390 \n\
16391 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16392 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16393 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16394 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16395 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16396 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16397 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16398 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16399 the selected stack frame.\n\
16400 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16401 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16402 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16403 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16404 \n\
16405 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16406 \n\
16407 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16408 conditions are different.\n\
16409 \n\
16410 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16411 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16412 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16413
16414 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16415 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16416 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16417 last tracepoint set."));
16418
16419 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16420
16421 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16422 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16423 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16424 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16425 &deletelist);
16426 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16427
16428 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16429 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16430 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16431 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16432 &disablelist);
16433 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16434
16435 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16436 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16437 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16438 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16439 &enablelist);
16440 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16441
16442 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16443 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16444 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16445 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16446 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16447
16448 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16449 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16450 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16451 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16452
16453 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16454 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16455 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16456 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16457 session to restore them."),
16458 &save_cmdlist);
16459 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16460
16461 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16462 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16463 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16464 &save_cmdlist);
16465 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16466
16467 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16468 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16469
16470 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16471 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16472 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16473 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16474 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16475 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16476 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16477 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16478 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16479 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16480 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16481 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16482
16483 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16484 &pending_break_support, _("\
16485 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16486 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16487 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16488 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16489 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16490 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16491 NULL,
16492 show_pending_break_support,
16493 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16494 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16495
16496 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16497
16498 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16499 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16500 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16501 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16502 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16503 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16504 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16505 NULL,
16506 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16507 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16508 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16509
16510 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16511 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16512 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16513 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16514 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16515 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16516 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16517 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16518 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16519 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16520 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16521 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16522 NULL,
16523 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16524 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16525 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16526
16527 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16528 condition_evaluation_enums,
16529 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16530 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16531 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16532 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16533 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16534 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16535 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16536 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16537 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16538 be set to \"gdb\""),
16539 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16540 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16541 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16542 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16543
16544 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16545 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16546 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16547 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16548 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16549 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16550 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16551 or the start of the range\n\
16552 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16553 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16554 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16555 \n\
16556 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16557 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16558 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16559
16560 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16561 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16562 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16563 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16564 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16565 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16566 "));
16567 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16568
16569 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16570 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16571 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16572 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16573 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16574 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16575 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16576 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16577 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16578 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16579 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16580 &setlist, &showlist);
16581
16582 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16583 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16584 &dprintf_function, _("\
16585 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16586 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16587 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16588 &setlist, &showlist);
16589
16590 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16591 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16592 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16593 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16594 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16595 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16596 &setlist, &showlist);
16597
16598 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16599 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16600 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16601 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16602 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16603 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16604 NULL,
16605 NULL,
16606 &setlist, &showlist);
16607
16608 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16609 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16610 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16611
16612 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16613
16614 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16615 }
This page took 0.435715 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.